1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 378 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 379 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 380 */ 381 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 382 union { 383 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 384 struct { 385 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 388 } __packed bw; 389 } __packed; 390 } __packed; 391 392 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 393 394 /** 395 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 396 * 397 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 398 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 399 * 400 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 401 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 402 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 403 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 404 */ 405 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 406 bool has_eht; 407 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 409 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 410 }; 411 412 /** 413 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 414 * 415 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 416 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 417 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 418 * 419 * @types_mask: interface types mask 420 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 421 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 422 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 423 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 424 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 425 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 426 */ 427 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 428 u16 types_mask; 429 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 430 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 432 struct { 433 const u8 *data; 434 unsigned int len; 435 } vendor_elems; 436 }; 437 438 /** 439 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 440 * 441 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 442 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 449 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 451 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 455 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 457 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 */ 459 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 460 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 461 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 472 }; 473 474 /** 475 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 476 * 477 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 478 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 479 * 480 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 481 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 482 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 483 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 484 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 485 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 486 */ 487 struct ieee80211_edmg { 488 u8 channels; 489 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 490 }; 491 492 /** 493 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 494 * 495 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 496 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 497 * 498 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA 499 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 500 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 501 */ 502 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 503 bool s1g; 504 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 505 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 506 }; 507 508 /** 509 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 510 * 511 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 512 * is able to operate in. 513 * 514 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 515 * in this band. 516 * @band: the band this structure represents 517 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 518 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 519 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 520 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 521 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 522 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 523 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 524 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 525 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 527 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 528 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 529 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 530 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 531 * iftype_data). 532 */ 533 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 534 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 535 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 536 enum nl80211_band band; 537 int n_channels; 538 int n_bitrates; 539 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 540 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 543 u16 n_iftype_data; 544 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 545 }; 546 547 /** 548 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 549 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 550 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 551 * 552 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 553 */ 554 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 555 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 556 u8 iftype) 557 { 558 int i; 559 560 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 561 return NULL; 562 563 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 564 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 565 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 566 567 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 568 return data; 569 } 570 571 return NULL; 572 } 573 574 /** 575 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 576 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 577 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 578 * 579 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 580 */ 581 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 582 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 583 u8 iftype) 584 { 585 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 586 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 587 588 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 589 return &data->he_cap; 590 591 return NULL; 592 } 593 594 /** 595 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 596 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 597 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 598 * 599 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 600 */ 601 static inline __le16 602 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 603 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 604 { 605 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 606 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 607 608 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 609 return 0; 610 611 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 612 } 613 614 /** 615 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 616 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 617 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 618 * 619 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 620 */ 621 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 622 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 623 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 624 { 625 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 626 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 627 628 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 629 return &data->eht_cap; 630 631 return NULL; 632 } 633 634 /** 635 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 636 * 637 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 638 * 639 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 640 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 641 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 642 * 643 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 644 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 645 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 646 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 647 * without affecting other devices. 648 * 649 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 650 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 651 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 652 */ 653 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 654 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 655 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 656 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 657 { 658 } 659 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 660 661 662 /* 663 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 664 */ 665 666 /** 667 * DOC: Actions and configuration 668 * 669 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 670 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 671 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 672 * operations use are described separately. 673 * 674 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 675 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 676 * 677 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 678 * in a separate chapter. 679 */ 680 681 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 682 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 683 684 /** 685 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 686 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 687 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 688 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 689 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 690 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 691 * determine the address as needed. 692 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 693 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 694 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 695 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 696 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 697 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 698 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 699 */ 700 struct vif_params { 701 u32 flags; 702 int use_4addr; 703 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 704 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 705 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 706 }; 707 708 /** 709 * struct key_params - key information 710 * 711 * Information about a key 712 * 713 * @key: key material 714 * @key_len: length of key material 715 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 716 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 717 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 718 * length given by @seq_len. 719 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 720 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 721 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 722 */ 723 struct key_params { 724 const u8 *key; 725 const u8 *seq; 726 int key_len; 727 int seq_len; 728 u16 vlan_id; 729 u32 cipher; 730 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 731 }; 732 733 /** 734 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 735 * @chan: the (control) channel 736 * @width: channel width 737 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 738 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 739 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 740 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 741 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 742 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 743 * parameters are ignored. 744 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 745 */ 746 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 747 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 748 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 749 u32 center_freq1; 750 u32 center_freq2; 751 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 752 u16 freq1_offset; 753 }; 754 755 /* 756 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 757 */ 758 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 759 struct { 760 u32 legacy; 761 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 762 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 763 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 764 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 765 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 766 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 767 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 768 }; 769 770 771 /** 772 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 773 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 774 * of the peer. 775 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 776 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 777 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 778 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 779 * @retry_long: retry count value 780 * @retry_short: retry count value 781 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 782 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 783 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 784 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 785 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 786 */ 787 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 788 bool config_override; 789 u8 tids; 790 u64 mask; 791 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 792 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 794 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 796 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 797 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 798 }; 799 800 /** 801 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 802 * @peer: Station's MAC address 803 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 804 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 805 */ 806 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 807 const u8 *peer; 808 u32 n_tid_conf; 809 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 810 }; 811 812 /** 813 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 814 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 815 * @kek: FILS KEK 816 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 817 * @snonce: STA Nonce 818 * @anonce: AP Nonce 819 */ 820 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 821 const u8 *macaddr; 822 const u8 *kek; 823 u8 kek_len; 824 const u8 *snonce; 825 const u8 *anonce; 826 }; 827 828 /** 829 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 830 * @chandef: the channel definition 831 * 832 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 833 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 834 */ 835 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 836 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 837 { 838 switch (chandef->width) { 839 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 840 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 841 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 842 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 843 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 844 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 845 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 846 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 847 default: 848 WARN_ON(1); 849 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 850 } 851 } 852 853 /** 854 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 855 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 856 * @channel: the control channel 857 * @chantype: the channel type 858 * 859 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 860 */ 861 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 862 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 863 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 864 865 /** 866 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 867 * @chandef1: first channel definition 868 * @chandef2: second channel definition 869 * 870 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 871 * identical, %false otherwise. 872 */ 873 static inline bool 874 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 875 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 876 { 877 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 878 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 879 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 880 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 881 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 882 } 883 884 /** 885 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 886 * 887 * @chandef: the channel definition 888 * 889 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 890 */ 891 static inline bool 892 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 893 { 894 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 895 } 896 897 /** 898 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 899 * @chandef1: first channel definition 900 * @chandef2: second channel definition 901 * 902 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 903 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 904 */ 905 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 906 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 907 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 908 909 /** 910 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 911 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 912 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 913 */ 914 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 915 916 /** 917 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 918 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 919 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 920 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 921 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 922 */ 923 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 924 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 925 u32 prohibited_flags); 926 927 /** 928 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 929 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 930 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 931 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 932 * Returns: 933 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 934 */ 935 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 936 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 937 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 938 939 /** 940 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 941 * 942 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 943 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 944 * 945 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 946 * 947 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 948 */ 949 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 950 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 951 { 952 switch (chandef->width) { 953 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 954 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 955 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 956 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 957 default: 958 break; 959 } 960 return 0; 961 } 962 963 /** 964 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 965 * 966 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 967 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 968 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 969 * 970 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 971 * 972 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 973 */ 974 static inline int 975 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 976 { 977 switch (chandef->width) { 978 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 979 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 980 chandef->chan->max_power); 981 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 982 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 983 chandef->chan->max_power); 984 default: 985 break; 986 } 987 return chandef->chan->max_power; 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 992 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 993 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 994 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 995 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 996 */ 997 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 998 unsigned long band_mask, 999 u32 prohibited_flags); 1000 1001 /** 1002 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1003 * 1004 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1005 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1006 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1007 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1008 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1009 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1010 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1011 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1012 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1013 * 1014 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1015 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1016 */ 1017 enum survey_info_flags { 1018 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1019 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1020 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1021 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1022 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1023 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1024 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1025 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1026 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1027 }; 1028 1029 /** 1030 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1031 * 1032 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1033 * record to report global statistics 1034 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1035 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1036 * optional 1037 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1038 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1039 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1040 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1041 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1042 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1043 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1044 * 1045 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1046 * 1047 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1048 * channel duty cycle etc. 1049 */ 1050 struct survey_info { 1051 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1052 u64 time; 1053 u64 time_busy; 1054 u64 time_ext_busy; 1055 u64 time_rx; 1056 u64 time_tx; 1057 u64 time_scan; 1058 u64 time_bss_rx; 1059 u32 filled; 1060 s8 noise; 1061 }; 1062 1063 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 1064 1065 /** 1066 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1067 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1068 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1069 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1070 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1071 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1072 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1073 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1074 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1075 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1076 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1077 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1078 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1079 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1080 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1081 * protocol frames. 1082 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1083 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1084 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1085 * port for mac80211 1086 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 1087 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 1088 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 1089 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1090 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1091 * offload) 1092 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1093 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1094 * 1095 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1096 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1097 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1098 * such a scenario. 1099 * 1100 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1101 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1102 * 1103 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1104 * Allow hash-to-element only 1105 * 1106 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1107 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1108 */ 1109 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1110 u32 wpa_versions; 1111 u32 cipher_group; 1112 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1113 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1114 int n_akm_suites; 1115 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 1116 bool control_port; 1117 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1118 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1119 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1120 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1121 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1122 int wep_tx_key; 1123 const u8 *psk; 1124 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1125 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1126 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1127 }; 1128 1129 /** 1130 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1131 * 1132 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1133 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1134 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1135 */ 1136 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1137 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1138 u8 index; 1139 bool ema; 1140 }; 1141 1142 /** 1143 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1144 * 1145 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1146 * 1147 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1148 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1149 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1150 */ 1151 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1152 u8 cnt; 1153 struct { 1154 const u8 *data; 1155 size_t len; 1156 } elem[]; 1157 }; 1158 1159 /** 1160 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1161 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1162 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1163 * or %NULL if not changed 1164 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1165 * or %NULL if not changed 1166 * @head_len: length of @head 1167 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1168 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1169 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1170 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1171 * frames or %NULL 1172 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1173 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1174 * Response frames or %NULL 1175 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1176 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1177 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1178 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1179 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1180 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1181 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1182 * (measurement type 8) 1183 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1184 * Token (measurement type 11) 1185 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1186 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1187 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1188 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1189 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1190 */ 1191 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1192 unsigned int link_id; 1193 1194 const u8 *head, *tail; 1195 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1196 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1197 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1198 const u8 *probe_resp; 1199 const u8 *lci; 1200 const u8 *civicloc; 1201 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1202 s8 ftm_responder; 1203 1204 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1205 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1206 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1207 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1208 size_t probe_resp_len; 1209 size_t lci_len; 1210 size_t civicloc_len; 1211 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1212 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1213 }; 1214 1215 struct mac_address { 1216 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1217 }; 1218 1219 /** 1220 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1221 * 1222 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1223 * entry specified by mac_addr 1224 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1225 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1226 */ 1227 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1228 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1229 int n_acl_entries; 1230 1231 /* Keep it last */ 1232 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1233 }; 1234 1235 /** 1236 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1237 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1238 * 1239 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1240 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1241 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1242 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1243 * frame headers. 1244 */ 1245 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1246 u32 min_interval; 1247 u32 max_interval; 1248 size_t tmpl_len; 1249 const u8 *tmpl; 1250 }; 1251 1252 /** 1253 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1254 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1255 * 1256 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1257 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1258 * scanning 1259 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1260 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1261 */ 1262 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1263 u32 interval; 1264 size_t tmpl_len; 1265 const u8 *tmpl; 1266 }; 1267 1268 /** 1269 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1270 * 1271 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1272 * 1273 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1274 * @beacon: beacon data 1275 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1276 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1277 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1278 * user space) 1279 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1280 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1281 * @crypto: crypto settings 1282 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1283 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1284 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1285 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1286 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1287 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1288 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1289 * MAC address based access control 1290 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1291 * networks. 1292 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1293 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1294 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1295 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1296 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1297 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1298 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1299 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1300 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1301 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1302 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1303 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1304 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1305 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1306 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1307 */ 1308 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1309 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1310 1311 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1312 1313 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1314 const u8 *ssid; 1315 size_t ssid_len; 1316 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1317 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1318 bool privacy; 1319 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1320 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1321 int inactivity_timeout; 1322 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1323 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1324 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1325 bool pbss; 1326 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1327 1328 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1329 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1330 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1331 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1332 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1333 bool twt_responder; 1334 u32 flags; 1335 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1336 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1337 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1338 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1339 }; 1340 1341 /** 1342 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1343 * 1344 * Used for channel switch 1345 * 1346 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1347 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1348 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1349 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1350 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1351 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1352 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1353 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1354 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1355 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1356 */ 1357 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1358 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1359 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1360 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1361 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1362 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1363 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1364 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1365 bool radar_required; 1366 bool block_tx; 1367 u8 count; 1368 }; 1369 1370 /** 1371 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1372 * 1373 * Used for bss color change 1374 * 1375 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1376 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1377 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1378 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1379 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1380 * @color: the color used after the change 1381 */ 1382 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1383 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1384 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1385 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1386 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1387 u8 count; 1388 u8 color; 1389 }; 1390 1391 /** 1392 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1393 * 1394 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1395 * 1396 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1397 * to use for verification 1398 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1399 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1400 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1401 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1402 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1403 * nl80211_iftype. 1404 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1405 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1406 * the verification 1407 */ 1408 struct iface_combination_params { 1409 int num_different_channels; 1410 u8 radar_detect; 1411 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1412 u32 new_beacon_int; 1413 }; 1414 1415 /** 1416 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1417 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1418 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1419 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1420 * 1421 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1422 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1423 */ 1424 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1425 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1426 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1427 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1428 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1429 }; 1430 1431 /** 1432 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1433 * 1434 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1435 * 1436 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1437 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1438 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1439 * power per-interface or per-station. 1440 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1441 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1442 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1443 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1444 * per peer TPC. 1445 */ 1446 struct sta_txpwr { 1447 s16 power; 1448 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1449 }; 1450 1451 /** 1452 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1453 * 1454 * Used to change and create a new station. 1455 * 1456 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1457 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1458 * (or NULL for no change) 1459 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1460 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1461 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1462 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1463 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1464 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1465 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1466 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1467 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1468 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1469 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1470 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1471 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1472 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1473 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1474 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1475 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1476 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1477 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1478 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1479 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1480 * to unknown) 1481 * @capability: station capability 1482 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1483 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1484 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1485 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1486 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1487 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1488 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1489 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1490 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1491 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1492 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1493 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1494 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1495 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1496 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1497 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1498 */ 1499 struct station_parameters { 1500 const u8 *supported_rates; 1501 struct net_device *vlan; 1502 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1503 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1504 int listen_interval; 1505 u16 aid; 1506 u16 vlan_id; 1507 u16 peer_aid; 1508 u8 supported_rates_len; 1509 u8 plink_action; 1510 u8 plink_state; 1511 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1512 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1513 u8 uapsd_queues; 1514 u8 max_sp; 1515 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1516 u16 capability; 1517 const u8 *ext_capab; 1518 u8 ext_capab_len; 1519 const u8 *supported_channels; 1520 u8 supported_channels_len; 1521 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1522 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1523 u8 opmode_notif; 1524 bool opmode_notif_used; 1525 int support_p2p_ps; 1526 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1527 u8 he_capa_len; 1528 u16 airtime_weight; 1529 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1530 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1531 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1532 u8 eht_capa_len; 1533 }; 1534 1535 /** 1536 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1537 * 1538 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1539 * 1540 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1541 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1542 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1543 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1544 */ 1545 struct station_del_parameters { 1546 const u8 *mac; 1547 u8 subtype; 1548 u16 reason_code; 1549 }; 1550 1551 /** 1552 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1553 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1554 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1555 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1556 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1557 * the AP MLME in the device 1558 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1559 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1560 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1561 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1562 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1563 * supported/used) 1564 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1565 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1566 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1567 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1568 */ 1569 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1570 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1571 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1572 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1573 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1574 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1575 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1576 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1577 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1578 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1579 }; 1580 1581 /** 1582 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1583 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1584 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1585 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1586 * 1587 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1588 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1589 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1590 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1591 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1592 */ 1593 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1594 struct station_parameters *params, 1595 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1596 1597 /** 1598 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1599 * 1600 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1601 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1602 * 1603 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1604 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1605 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1606 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1607 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1608 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1609 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1610 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1611 */ 1612 enum rate_info_flags { 1613 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1614 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1615 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1616 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1617 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1618 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1619 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1620 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1621 }; 1622 1623 /** 1624 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1625 * 1626 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1627 * 1628 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1629 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1630 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1631 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1632 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1633 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1634 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1635 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1636 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1637 */ 1638 enum rate_info_bw { 1639 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1640 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1641 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1642 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1643 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1644 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1645 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1646 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1647 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1648 }; 1649 1650 /** 1651 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1652 * 1653 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1654 * 1655 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1656 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1657 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1658 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1659 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1660 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1661 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1662 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1663 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1664 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1665 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1666 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1667 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1668 */ 1669 struct rate_info { 1670 u8 flags; 1671 u8 mcs; 1672 u16 legacy; 1673 u8 nss; 1674 u8 bw; 1675 u8 he_gi; 1676 u8 he_dcm; 1677 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1678 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1679 u8 eht_gi; 1680 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1681 }; 1682 1683 /** 1684 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1685 * 1686 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1687 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1688 * 1689 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1690 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1691 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1692 */ 1693 enum bss_param_flags { 1694 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1695 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1696 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1697 }; 1698 1699 /** 1700 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1701 * 1702 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1703 * 1704 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1705 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1706 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1707 */ 1708 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1709 u8 flags; 1710 u8 dtim_period; 1711 u16 beacon_interval; 1712 }; 1713 1714 /** 1715 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1716 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1717 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1718 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1719 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1720 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1721 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1722 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1723 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1724 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1725 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1726 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1727 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1728 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1729 */ 1730 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1731 u32 filled; 1732 u32 backlog_bytes; 1733 u32 backlog_packets; 1734 u32 flows; 1735 u32 drops; 1736 u32 ecn_marks; 1737 u32 overlimit; 1738 u32 overmemory; 1739 u32 collisions; 1740 u32 tx_bytes; 1741 u32 tx_packets; 1742 u32 max_flows; 1743 }; 1744 1745 /** 1746 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1747 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1748 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1749 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1750 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1751 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1752 * transmitted MSDUs 1753 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1754 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1755 */ 1756 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1757 u32 filled; 1758 u64 rx_msdu; 1759 u64 tx_msdu; 1760 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1761 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1762 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1763 }; 1764 1765 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1766 1767 /** 1768 * struct station_info - station information 1769 * 1770 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1771 * 1772 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1773 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1774 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1775 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1776 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1777 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1778 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1779 * @llid: mesh local link id 1780 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1781 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1782 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1783 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1784 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1785 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1786 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1787 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1788 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1789 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1790 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1791 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1792 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1793 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1794 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1795 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1796 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1797 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1798 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1799 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1800 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1801 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1802 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1803 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1804 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1805 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1806 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1807 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1808 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1809 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1810 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1811 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1812 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1813 * towards this station. 1814 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1815 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1816 * from this peer 1817 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1818 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1819 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1820 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1821 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1822 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1823 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1824 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1825 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1826 * been sent. 1827 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1828 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1829 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1830 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1831 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1832 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1833 */ 1834 struct station_info { 1835 u64 filled; 1836 u32 connected_time; 1837 u32 inactive_time; 1838 u64 assoc_at; 1839 u64 rx_bytes; 1840 u64 tx_bytes; 1841 u16 llid; 1842 u16 plid; 1843 u8 plink_state; 1844 s8 signal; 1845 s8 signal_avg; 1846 1847 u8 chains; 1848 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1849 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1850 1851 struct rate_info txrate; 1852 struct rate_info rxrate; 1853 u32 rx_packets; 1854 u32 tx_packets; 1855 u32 tx_retries; 1856 u32 tx_failed; 1857 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1858 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1859 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1860 1861 int generation; 1862 1863 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1864 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1865 1866 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1867 s64 t_offset; 1868 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1869 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1870 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1871 1872 u32 expected_throughput; 1873 1874 u64 tx_duration; 1875 u64 rx_duration; 1876 u64 rx_beacon; 1877 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1878 u8 connected_to_gate; 1879 1880 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1881 s8 ack_signal; 1882 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1883 1884 u16 airtime_weight; 1885 1886 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1887 u32 fcs_err_count; 1888 1889 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1890 1891 u8 connected_to_as; 1892 }; 1893 1894 /** 1895 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1896 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1897 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1898 */ 1899 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1900 s32 power; 1901 u32 freq_range_index; 1902 }; 1903 1904 /** 1905 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1906 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1907 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1908 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1909 */ 1910 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1911 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1912 u32 num_sub_specs; 1913 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1914 }; 1915 1916 1917 /** 1918 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1919 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1920 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1921 */ 1922 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1923 u32 start_freq; 1924 u32 end_freq; 1925 }; 1926 1927 /** 1928 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1929 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1930 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1931 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1932 * 1933 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1934 * range to small ones and then append them. 1935 */ 1936 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1937 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1938 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1939 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1940 }; 1941 1942 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1943 /** 1944 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1945 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1946 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1947 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1948 * 1949 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1950 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1951 * considered undefined. 1952 */ 1953 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1954 struct station_info *sinfo); 1955 #else 1956 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1957 const u8 *mac_addr, 1958 struct station_info *sinfo) 1959 { 1960 return -ENOENT; 1961 } 1962 #endif 1963 1964 /** 1965 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1966 * 1967 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1968 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1969 * 1970 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1971 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1972 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1973 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1974 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1975 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1976 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1977 */ 1978 enum monitor_flags { 1979 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1980 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1981 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1982 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1983 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1984 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1985 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1986 }; 1987 1988 /** 1989 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1990 * 1991 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1992 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1993 * 1994 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1995 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1996 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1997 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1998 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1999 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2000 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2001 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2002 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2003 */ 2004 enum mpath_info_flags { 2005 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2006 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2007 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2008 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2009 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2010 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2011 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2012 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2013 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2014 }; 2015 2016 /** 2017 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2018 * 2019 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2020 * 2021 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2022 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2023 * @sn: target sequence number 2024 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2025 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2026 * @flags: mesh path flags 2027 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2028 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2029 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2030 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2031 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2032 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2033 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2034 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2035 */ 2036 struct mpath_info { 2037 u32 filled; 2038 u32 frame_qlen; 2039 u32 sn; 2040 u32 metric; 2041 u32 exptime; 2042 u32 discovery_timeout; 2043 u8 discovery_retries; 2044 u8 flags; 2045 u8 hop_count; 2046 u32 path_change_count; 2047 2048 int generation; 2049 }; 2050 2051 /** 2052 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2053 * 2054 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2055 * 2056 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2057 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2058 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2059 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2060 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2061 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2062 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2063 * (or NULL for no change) 2064 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2065 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2066 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2067 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2068 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2069 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2070 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2071 */ 2072 struct bss_parameters { 2073 int use_cts_prot; 2074 int use_short_preamble; 2075 int use_short_slot_time; 2076 const u8 *basic_rates; 2077 u8 basic_rates_len; 2078 int ap_isolate; 2079 int ht_opmode; 2080 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2081 }; 2082 2083 /** 2084 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2085 * 2086 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2087 * 2088 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2089 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2090 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2091 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2092 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2093 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2094 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2095 * mesh interface 2096 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2097 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2098 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2099 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2100 * elements 2101 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2102 * detect compatible mesh peers 2103 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2104 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2105 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2106 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2107 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2108 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2109 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2110 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2111 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2112 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2113 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2114 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2115 * element 2116 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2117 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2118 * element 2119 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2120 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2121 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2122 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2123 * announcements are transmitted 2124 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2125 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2126 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2127 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2128 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2129 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2130 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2131 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2132 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2133 * station to establish a peer link 2134 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2135 * 2136 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2137 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2138 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2139 * 2140 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2141 * PREQs are transmitted. 2142 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2143 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2144 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2145 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2146 * setting for new peer links. 2147 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2148 * after transmitting its beacon. 2149 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2150 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2151 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2152 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2153 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2154 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2155 * in the mesh path table 2156 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2157 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2158 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2159 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2160 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2161 */ 2162 struct mesh_config { 2163 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2164 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2165 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2166 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2167 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2168 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2169 u8 element_ttl; 2170 bool auto_open_plinks; 2171 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2172 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2173 u32 path_refresh_time; 2174 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2175 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2176 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2177 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2178 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2179 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2180 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2181 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2182 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2183 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2184 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2185 s32 rssi_threshold; 2186 u16 ht_opmode; 2187 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2188 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2189 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2190 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2191 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2192 u32 plink_timeout; 2193 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2194 }; 2195 2196 /** 2197 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2198 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2199 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2200 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2201 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2202 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2203 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2204 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2205 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2206 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2207 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2208 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2209 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2210 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2211 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2212 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2213 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2214 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2215 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2216 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2217 * to operate on DFS channels. 2218 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2219 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2220 * 2221 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2222 */ 2223 struct mesh_setup { 2224 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2225 const u8 *mesh_id; 2226 u8 mesh_id_len; 2227 u8 sync_method; 2228 u8 path_sel_proto; 2229 u8 path_metric; 2230 u8 auth_id; 2231 const u8 *ie; 2232 u8 ie_len; 2233 bool is_authenticated; 2234 bool is_secure; 2235 bool user_mpm; 2236 u8 dtim_period; 2237 u16 beacon_interval; 2238 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2239 u32 basic_rates; 2240 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2241 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2242 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2243 }; 2244 2245 /** 2246 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2247 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2248 * 2249 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2250 */ 2251 struct ocb_setup { 2252 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2253 }; 2254 2255 /** 2256 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2257 * @ac: AC identifier 2258 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2259 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2260 * 1..32767] 2261 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2262 * 1..32767] 2263 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2264 */ 2265 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2266 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2267 u16 txop; 2268 u16 cwmin; 2269 u16 cwmax; 2270 u8 aifs; 2271 }; 2272 2273 /** 2274 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2275 * 2276 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2277 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2278 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2279 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2280 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2281 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2282 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2283 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2284 * in the wiphy structure. 2285 * 2286 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2287 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2288 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2289 * 2290 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2291 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2292 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2293 * to userspace. 2294 */ 2295 2296 /** 2297 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2298 * @ssid: the SSID 2299 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2300 */ 2301 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2302 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2303 u8 ssid_len; 2304 }; 2305 2306 /** 2307 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2308 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2309 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2310 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2311 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2312 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2313 * userspace will be notified of that 2314 */ 2315 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2316 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2317 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2318 bool aborted; 2319 }; 2320 2321 /** 2322 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2323 * 2324 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for 2325 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2326 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2327 * which the above info relvant to 2328 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2329 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used 2330 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2331 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2332 */ 2333 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2334 u32 short_ssid; 2335 u32 channel_idx; 2336 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2337 bool unsolicited_probe; 2338 bool short_ssid_valid; 2339 bool psc_no_listen; 2340 }; 2341 2342 /** 2343 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2344 * 2345 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2346 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2347 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2348 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2349 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2350 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2351 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2352 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2353 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2354 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2355 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2356 * %duration field. 2357 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2358 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2359 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2360 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2361 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2362 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2363 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2364 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2365 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2366 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2367 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2368 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2369 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2370 * true if this is the second scan request 2371 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2372 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2373 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2374 */ 2375 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2376 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2377 int n_ssids; 2378 u32 n_channels; 2379 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2380 const u8 *ie; 2381 size_t ie_len; 2382 u16 duration; 2383 bool duration_mandatory; 2384 u32 flags; 2385 2386 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2387 2388 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2389 2390 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2391 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2392 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2393 2394 /* internal */ 2395 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2396 unsigned long scan_start; 2397 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2398 bool notified; 2399 bool no_cck; 2400 bool scan_6ghz; 2401 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2402 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2403 2404 /* keep last */ 2405 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2406 }; 2407 2408 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2409 { 2410 int i; 2411 2412 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2413 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2414 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2415 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2416 } 2417 } 2418 2419 /** 2420 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2421 * 2422 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2423 * or no match (RSSI only) 2424 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2425 * or no match (RSSI only) 2426 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2427 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2428 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2429 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2430 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2431 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2432 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2433 * corresponding matchset. 2434 */ 2435 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2436 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2437 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2438 s32 rssi_thold; 2439 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2440 }; 2441 2442 /** 2443 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2444 * 2445 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2446 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2447 * infinite loop. 2448 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2449 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2450 */ 2451 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2452 u32 interval; 2453 u32 iterations; 2454 }; 2455 2456 /** 2457 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2458 * 2459 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2460 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2461 */ 2462 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2463 enum nl80211_band band; 2464 s8 delta; 2465 }; 2466 2467 /** 2468 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2469 * 2470 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2471 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2472 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2473 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2474 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2475 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2476 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2477 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2478 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2479 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2480 * (others are filtered out). 2481 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2482 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2483 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2484 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2485 * @dev: the interface 2486 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2487 * @channels: channels to scan 2488 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2489 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2490 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2491 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2492 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2493 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2494 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2495 * index must be executed first. 2496 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2497 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2498 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2499 * owned by a particular socket) 2500 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2501 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2502 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2503 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2504 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2505 * supported. 2506 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2507 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2508 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2509 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2510 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2511 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2512 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2513 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2514 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2515 * comparisions. 2516 */ 2517 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2518 u64 reqid; 2519 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2520 int n_ssids; 2521 u32 n_channels; 2522 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2523 const u8 *ie; 2524 size_t ie_len; 2525 u32 flags; 2526 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2527 int n_match_sets; 2528 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2529 u32 delay; 2530 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2531 int n_scan_plans; 2532 2533 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2534 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2535 2536 bool relative_rssi_set; 2537 s8 relative_rssi; 2538 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2539 2540 /* internal */ 2541 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2542 struct net_device *dev; 2543 unsigned long scan_start; 2544 bool report_results; 2545 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2546 u32 owner_nlportid; 2547 bool nl_owner_dead; 2548 struct list_head list; 2549 2550 /* keep last */ 2551 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2552 }; 2553 2554 /** 2555 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2556 * 2557 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2558 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2559 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2560 */ 2561 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2562 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2563 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2564 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2565 }; 2566 2567 /** 2568 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2569 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2570 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2571 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2572 * signal type 2573 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2574 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2575 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2576 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2577 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2578 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2579 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2580 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2581 * by %parent_bssid. 2582 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2583 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2584 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2585 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2586 */ 2587 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2588 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2589 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2590 s32 signal; 2591 u64 boottime_ns; 2592 u64 parent_tsf; 2593 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2594 u8 chains; 2595 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2596 }; 2597 2598 /** 2599 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2600 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2601 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2602 * @len: length of the IEs 2603 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2604 * @data: IE data 2605 */ 2606 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2607 u64 tsf; 2608 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2609 int len; 2610 bool from_beacon; 2611 u8 data[]; 2612 }; 2613 2614 /** 2615 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2616 * 2617 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2618 * for use in scan results and similar. 2619 * 2620 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2621 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2622 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2623 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2624 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2625 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2626 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2627 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2628 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2629 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2630 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2631 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2632 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2633 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2634 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2635 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2636 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2637 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2638 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2639 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2640 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2641 * (multi-BSSID support) 2642 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2643 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2644 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2645 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2646 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2647 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2648 */ 2649 struct cfg80211_bss { 2650 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2651 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2652 2653 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2654 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2655 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2656 2657 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2658 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2659 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2660 2661 s32 signal; 2662 2663 u16 beacon_interval; 2664 u16 capability; 2665 2666 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2667 u8 chains; 2668 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2669 2670 u8 bssid_index; 2671 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2672 2673 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2674 }; 2675 2676 /** 2677 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2678 * @bss: the bss to search 2679 * @id: the element ID 2680 * 2681 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2682 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2683 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2684 */ 2685 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2686 2687 /** 2688 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2689 * @bss: the bss to search 2690 * @id: the element ID 2691 * 2692 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2693 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2694 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2695 */ 2696 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2697 { 2698 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2699 } 2700 2701 2702 /** 2703 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2704 * 2705 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2706 * authentication. 2707 * 2708 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2709 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2710 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2711 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2712 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2713 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2714 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2715 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2716 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2717 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2718 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2719 * transaction sequence number field. 2720 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2721 */ 2722 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2723 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2724 const u8 *ie; 2725 size_t ie_len; 2726 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2727 const u8 *key; 2728 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2729 const u8 *auth_data; 2730 size_t auth_data_len; 2731 }; 2732 2733 /** 2734 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2735 * 2736 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2737 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2738 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2739 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2740 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2741 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2742 * request (connect callback). 2743 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2744 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2745 */ 2746 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2747 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2748 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2749 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2750 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2751 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2752 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2753 }; 2754 2755 /** 2756 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2757 * 2758 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2759 * (re)association. 2760 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2761 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2762 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2763 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2764 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2765 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2766 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2767 * @crypto: crypto settings 2768 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2769 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2770 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2771 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2772 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2773 * frame. 2774 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2775 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2776 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2777 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2778 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2779 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2780 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2781 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2782 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2783 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2784 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2785 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2786 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2787 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2788 */ 2789 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2790 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2791 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2792 size_t ie_len; 2793 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2794 bool use_mfp; 2795 u32 flags; 2796 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2797 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2798 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2799 const u8 *fils_kek; 2800 size_t fils_kek_len; 2801 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2802 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2803 }; 2804 2805 /** 2806 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2807 * 2808 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2809 * deauthentication. 2810 * 2811 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2812 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2813 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2814 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2815 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2816 * do not set a deauth frame 2817 */ 2818 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2819 const u8 *bssid; 2820 const u8 *ie; 2821 size_t ie_len; 2822 u16 reason_code; 2823 bool local_state_change; 2824 }; 2825 2826 /** 2827 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2828 * 2829 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2830 * disassociation. 2831 * 2832 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2833 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2834 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2835 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2836 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2837 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2838 */ 2839 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2840 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2841 const u8 *ie; 2842 size_t ie_len; 2843 u16 reason_code; 2844 bool local_state_change; 2845 }; 2846 2847 /** 2848 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2849 * 2850 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2851 * method. 2852 * 2853 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2854 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2855 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2856 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2857 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2858 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2859 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2860 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2861 * @ie_len: length of that 2862 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2863 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2864 * after joining 2865 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2866 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2867 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2868 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2869 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2870 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2871 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2872 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2873 * to operate on DFS channels. 2874 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2875 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2876 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2877 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2878 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2879 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2880 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2881 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2882 */ 2883 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2884 const u8 *ssid; 2885 const u8 *bssid; 2886 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2887 const u8 *ie; 2888 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2889 u16 beacon_interval; 2890 u32 basic_rates; 2891 bool channel_fixed; 2892 bool privacy; 2893 bool control_port; 2894 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2895 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2896 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2897 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2898 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2899 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2900 int wep_tx_key; 2901 }; 2902 2903 /** 2904 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2905 * 2906 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2907 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2908 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2909 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2910 */ 2911 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2912 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2913 union { 2914 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2915 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2916 } param; 2917 }; 2918 2919 /** 2920 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2921 * 2922 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2923 * authentication and association. 2924 * 2925 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2926 * on scan results) 2927 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2928 * %NULL if not specified 2929 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2930 * results) 2931 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2932 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2933 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2934 * to use. 2935 * @ssid: SSID 2936 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2937 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2938 * @ie: IEs for association request 2939 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2940 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2941 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2942 * @crypto: crypto settings 2943 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2944 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2945 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2946 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2947 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2948 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2949 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2950 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2951 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2952 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2953 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2954 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2955 * networks. 2956 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2957 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2958 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2959 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2960 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2961 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2962 * frame. 2963 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2964 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2965 * data IE. 2966 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2967 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2968 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2969 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2970 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2971 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2972 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2973 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2974 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2975 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2976 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2977 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2978 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2979 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2980 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2981 */ 2982 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2983 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2984 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2985 const u8 *bssid; 2986 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2987 const u8 *ssid; 2988 size_t ssid_len; 2989 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2990 const u8 *ie; 2991 size_t ie_len; 2992 bool privacy; 2993 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2994 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2995 const u8 *key; 2996 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2997 u32 flags; 2998 int bg_scan_period; 2999 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3000 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3001 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3002 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3003 bool pbss; 3004 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3005 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3006 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3007 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3008 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3009 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3010 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3011 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3012 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3013 bool want_1x; 3014 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3015 }; 3016 3017 /** 3018 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3019 * 3020 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3021 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3022 * 3023 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3024 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3025 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3026 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3027 */ 3028 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3029 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3030 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3031 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3032 }; 3033 3034 /** 3035 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3036 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3037 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3038 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3039 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3040 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3041 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3042 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3043 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3044 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3045 */ 3046 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3047 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3048 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3049 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3050 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3051 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3052 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3053 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3054 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3055 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3056 }; 3057 3058 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3059 3060 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3061 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3062 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3063 3064 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3065 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3066 3067 /** 3068 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3069 * 3070 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3071 * caching. 3072 * 3073 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3074 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3075 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3076 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3077 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3078 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3079 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3080 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3081 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3082 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3083 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3084 * %NULL). 3085 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3086 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3087 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3088 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3089 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3090 * used for it expires. 3091 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3092 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3093 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3094 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3095 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3096 */ 3097 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3098 const u8 *bssid; 3099 const u8 *pmkid; 3100 const u8 *pmk; 3101 size_t pmk_len; 3102 const u8 *ssid; 3103 size_t ssid_len; 3104 const u8 *cache_id; 3105 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3106 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3107 }; 3108 3109 /** 3110 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3111 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3112 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3113 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3114 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3115 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3116 * 3117 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3118 * memory, free @mask only! 3119 */ 3120 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3121 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3122 int pattern_len; 3123 int pkt_offset; 3124 }; 3125 3126 /** 3127 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3128 * 3129 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3130 * @src: source IP address 3131 * @dst: destination IP address 3132 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3133 * @src_port: source port 3134 * @dst_port: destination port 3135 * @payload_len: data payload length 3136 * @payload: data payload buffer 3137 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3138 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3139 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3140 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3141 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3142 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3143 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3144 */ 3145 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3146 struct socket *sock; 3147 __be32 src, dst; 3148 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3149 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3150 int payload_len; 3151 const u8 *payload; 3152 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3153 u32 data_interval; 3154 u32 wake_len; 3155 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3156 u32 tokens_size; 3157 /* must be last, variable member */ 3158 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3159 }; 3160 3161 /** 3162 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3163 * 3164 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3165 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3166 * operating as normal during suspend 3167 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3168 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3169 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3170 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3171 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3172 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3173 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3174 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3175 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3176 * NULL if not configured. 3177 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3178 */ 3179 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3180 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3181 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3182 rfkill_release; 3183 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3184 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3185 int n_patterns; 3186 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3187 }; 3188 3189 /** 3190 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3191 * 3192 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3193 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3194 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3195 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3196 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3197 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3198 */ 3199 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3200 int delay; 3201 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3202 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3203 int n_patterns; 3204 }; 3205 3206 /** 3207 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3208 * 3209 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3210 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3211 * @n_rules: number of rules 3212 */ 3213 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3214 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3215 int n_rules; 3216 }; 3217 3218 /** 3219 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3220 * 3221 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3222 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3223 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3224 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3225 * occurred (in MHz) 3226 */ 3227 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3228 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3229 int n_channels; 3230 u32 channels[]; 3231 }; 3232 3233 /** 3234 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3235 * 3236 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3237 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3238 * match information. 3239 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3240 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3241 */ 3242 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3243 int n_matches; 3244 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3245 }; 3246 3247 /** 3248 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3249 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3250 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3251 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3252 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3253 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3254 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3255 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3256 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3257 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3258 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3259 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3260 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3261 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3262 * it is. 3263 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3264 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3265 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3266 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3267 */ 3268 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3269 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3270 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3271 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3272 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3273 s32 pattern_idx; 3274 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3275 const void *packet; 3276 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3277 }; 3278 3279 /** 3280 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3281 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3282 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3283 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3284 * @kek_len: length of kek 3285 * @kck_len length of kck 3286 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3287 */ 3288 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3289 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3290 u32 akm; 3291 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3292 }; 3293 3294 /** 3295 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3296 * 3297 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3298 * 3299 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3300 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3301 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3302 */ 3303 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3304 u16 md; 3305 const u8 *ie; 3306 size_t ie_len; 3307 }; 3308 3309 /** 3310 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3311 * 3312 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3313 * 3314 * @chan: channel to use 3315 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3316 * @wait: duration for ROC 3317 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3318 * @len: buffer length 3319 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3320 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3321 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3322 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3323 */ 3324 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3325 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3326 bool offchan; 3327 unsigned int wait; 3328 const u8 *buf; 3329 size_t len; 3330 bool no_cck; 3331 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3332 int n_csa_offsets; 3333 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3334 }; 3335 3336 /** 3337 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3338 * 3339 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3340 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3341 */ 3342 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3343 u8 dscp; 3344 u8 up; 3345 }; 3346 3347 /** 3348 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3349 * 3350 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3351 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3352 */ 3353 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3354 u8 low; 3355 u8 high; 3356 }; 3357 3358 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3359 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3360 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3361 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3362 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3363 3364 /** 3365 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3366 * 3367 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3368 * 3369 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3370 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3371 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3372 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3373 */ 3374 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3375 u8 num_des; 3376 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3377 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3378 }; 3379 3380 /** 3381 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3382 * 3383 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3384 * 3385 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3386 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3387 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3388 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3389 */ 3390 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3391 u8 master_pref; 3392 u8 bands; 3393 }; 3394 3395 /** 3396 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3397 * configuration 3398 * 3399 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3400 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3401 */ 3402 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3403 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3404 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3405 }; 3406 3407 /** 3408 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3409 * 3410 * @filter: the content of the filter 3411 * @len: the length of the filter 3412 */ 3413 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3414 const u8 *filter; 3415 u8 len; 3416 }; 3417 3418 /** 3419 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3420 * 3421 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3422 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3423 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3424 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3425 * implementation specific. 3426 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3427 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3428 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3429 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3430 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3431 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3432 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3433 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3434 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3435 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3436 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3437 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3438 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3439 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3440 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3441 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3442 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3443 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3444 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3445 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3446 */ 3447 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3448 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3449 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3450 u8 publish_type; 3451 bool close_range; 3452 bool publish_bcast; 3453 bool subscribe_active; 3454 u8 followup_id; 3455 u8 followup_reqid; 3456 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3457 u32 ttl; 3458 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3459 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3460 bool srf_include; 3461 const u8 *srf_bf; 3462 u8 srf_bf_len; 3463 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3464 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3465 int srf_num_macs; 3466 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3467 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3468 u8 num_tx_filters; 3469 u8 num_rx_filters; 3470 u8 instance_id; 3471 u64 cookie; 3472 }; 3473 3474 /** 3475 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3476 * 3477 * @aa: authenticator address 3478 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3479 * @pmk: the PMK material 3480 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3481 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3482 * holds PMK-R0. 3483 */ 3484 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3485 const u8 *aa; 3486 u8 pmk_len; 3487 const u8 *pmk; 3488 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3489 }; 3490 3491 /** 3492 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3493 * 3494 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3495 * 3496 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3497 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3498 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3499 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3500 * authentication response command interface. 3501 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3502 * authentication response command interface. 3503 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3504 * authentication request event interface. 3505 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3506 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3507 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3508 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3509 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3510 */ 3511 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3512 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3513 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3514 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3515 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3516 u16 status; 3517 const u8 *pmkid; 3518 }; 3519 3520 /** 3521 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3522 * 3523 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3524 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3525 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3526 * answered 3527 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3528 * successfully answered 3529 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3530 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3531 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3532 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3533 * of how much time the responder was busy 3534 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3535 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3536 * the responder 3537 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3538 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3539 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3540 */ 3541 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3542 u32 filled; 3543 u32 success_num; 3544 u32 partial_num; 3545 u32 failed_num; 3546 u32 asap_num; 3547 u32 non_asap_num; 3548 u64 total_duration_ms; 3549 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3550 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3551 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3552 }; 3553 3554 /** 3555 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3556 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3557 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3558 * reason than just "failure" 3559 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3560 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3561 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3562 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3563 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3564 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3565 * by the responder 3566 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3567 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3568 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3569 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3570 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3571 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3572 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3573 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3574 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3575 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3576 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3577 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3578 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3579 * the square root of the variance) 3580 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3581 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3582 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3583 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3584 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3585 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3586 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3587 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3588 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3589 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3590 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3591 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3592 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3593 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3594 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3595 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3596 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3597 */ 3598 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3599 const u8 *lci; 3600 const u8 *civicloc; 3601 unsigned int lci_len; 3602 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3603 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3604 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3605 s16 burst_index; 3606 u8 busy_retry_time; 3607 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3608 u8 burst_duration; 3609 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3610 s32 rssi_avg; 3611 s32 rssi_spread; 3612 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3613 s64 rtt_avg; 3614 s64 rtt_variance; 3615 s64 rtt_spread; 3616 s64 dist_avg; 3617 s64 dist_variance; 3618 s64 dist_spread; 3619 3620 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3621 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3622 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3623 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3624 tx_rate_valid:1, 3625 rx_rate_valid:1, 3626 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3627 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3628 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3629 dist_avg_valid:1, 3630 dist_variance_valid:1, 3631 dist_spread_valid:1; 3632 }; 3633 3634 /** 3635 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3636 * @addr: address of the peer 3637 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3638 * measurement was made) 3639 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3640 * @status: status of the measurement 3641 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3642 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3643 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3644 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3645 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3646 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3647 */ 3648 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3649 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3650 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3651 3652 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3653 3654 u8 final:1, 3655 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3656 3657 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3658 3659 union { 3660 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3661 }; 3662 }; 3663 3664 /** 3665 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3666 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3667 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3668 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3669 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3670 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3671 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3672 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3673 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3674 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3675 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3676 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3677 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3678 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3679 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3680 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3681 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3682 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3683 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3684 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3685 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3686 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3687 * 3688 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3689 */ 3690 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3691 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3692 u16 burst_period; 3693 u8 requested:1, 3694 asap:1, 3695 request_lci:1, 3696 request_civicloc:1, 3697 trigger_based:1, 3698 non_trigger_based:1, 3699 lmr_feedback:1; 3700 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3701 u8 burst_duration; 3702 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3703 u8 ftmr_retries; 3704 u8 bss_color; 3705 }; 3706 3707 /** 3708 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3709 * @addr: MAC address 3710 * @chandef: channel to use 3711 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3712 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3713 */ 3714 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3715 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3716 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3717 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3718 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3719 }; 3720 3721 /** 3722 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3723 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3724 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3725 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3726 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3727 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3728 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3729 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3730 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3731 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3732 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3733 * zero it means there's no timeout 3734 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3735 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3736 */ 3737 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3738 u64 cookie; 3739 void *drv_data; 3740 u32 n_peers; 3741 u32 nl_portid; 3742 3743 u32 timeout; 3744 3745 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3746 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3747 3748 struct list_head list; 3749 3750 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3751 }; 3752 3753 /** 3754 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3755 * 3756 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3757 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3758 * 3759 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3760 * 3761 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3762 * has to be done. 3763 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3764 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3765 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3766 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3767 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3768 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3769 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3770 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3771 */ 3772 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3773 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3774 u16 status; 3775 const u8 *ie; 3776 size_t ie_len; 3777 }; 3778 3779 /** 3780 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3781 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3782 * for the entire device 3783 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3784 * for the given interface 3785 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3786 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3787 * for these subtypes 3788 */ 3789 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3790 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3791 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3792 }; 3793 3794 /** 3795 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3796 * 3797 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3798 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3799 * 3800 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3801 * on success or a negative error code. 3802 * 3803 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3804 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3805 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3806 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3807 * 3808 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3809 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3810 * configured for the device. 3811 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3812 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3813 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3814 * the device. 3815 * 3816 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3817 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3818 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3819 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3820 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3821 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3822 * 3823 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3824 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3825 * 3826 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3827 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3828 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3829 * 3830 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3831 * when adding a group key. 3832 * 3833 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3834 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3835 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3836 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3837 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3838 * 3839 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3840 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3841 * 3842 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3843 * 3844 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3845 * 3846 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3847 * 3848 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3849 * 3850 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3851 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3852 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3853 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3854 * 3855 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3856 * @del_station: Remove a station 3857 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3858 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3859 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3860 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3861 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3862 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3863 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3864 * 3865 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3866 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3867 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3868 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3869 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3870 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3871 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3872 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3873 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3874 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3875 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3876 * 3877 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3878 * 3879 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3880 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3881 * set, and which to leave alone. 3882 * 3883 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3884 * 3885 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3886 * 3887 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3888 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3889 * join the mesh instead. 3890 * 3891 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3892 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3893 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3894 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3895 * 3896 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3897 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3898 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3899 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3900 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3901 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3902 * 3903 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3904 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3905 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3906 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3907 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3908 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3909 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3910 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3911 * 3912 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3913 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3914 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3915 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3916 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3917 * was received. 3918 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3919 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3920 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3921 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3922 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3923 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3924 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3925 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3926 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3927 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3928 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3929 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3930 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3931 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3932 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3933 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3934 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3935 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3936 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3937 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3938 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3939 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3940 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3941 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3942 * 3943 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3944 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3945 * to a merge. 3946 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3947 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3948 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3949 * 3950 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3951 * MESH mode) 3952 * 3953 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3954 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3955 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3956 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3957 * 3958 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3959 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3960 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3961 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3962 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3963 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3964 * return 0 if successful 3965 * 3966 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3967 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3968 * 3969 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3970 * 3971 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3972 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3973 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3974 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3975 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3976 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3977 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3978 * the duration value. 3979 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3980 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3981 * frame on another channel 3982 * 3983 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3984 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3985 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3986 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3987 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3988 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3989 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3990 * 3991 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3992 * 3993 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3994 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3995 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3996 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3997 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3998 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3999 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4000 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4001 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4002 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4003 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4004 * disabled.) 4005 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4006 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4007 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4008 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4009 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4010 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4011 * thresholds. 4012 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4013 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4014 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4015 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4016 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4017 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4018 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4019 * 4020 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4021 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4022 * 4023 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4024 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4025 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4026 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4027 * 4028 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4029 * 4030 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4031 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4032 * 4033 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4034 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4035 * 4036 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4037 * 4038 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4039 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4040 * current monitoring channel. 4041 * 4042 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4043 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4044 * 4045 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4046 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4047 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4048 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4049 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4050 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4051 * 4052 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4053 * 4054 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4055 * was finished on another phy. 4056 * 4057 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4058 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4059 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4060 * 4061 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4062 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4063 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4064 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4065 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4066 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4067 * 4068 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4069 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4070 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4071 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4072 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4073 * as soon as possible. 4074 * 4075 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4076 * 4077 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4078 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4079 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4080 * 4081 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4082 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4083 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4084 * account. 4085 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4086 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4087 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4088 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4089 * rejected) 4090 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4091 * 4092 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4093 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4094 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4095 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4096 * 4097 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4098 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4099 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4100 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4101 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4102 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4103 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4104 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4105 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4106 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4107 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4108 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4109 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4110 * provided @nan_func. 4111 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4112 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4113 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4114 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4115 * 4116 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4117 * 4118 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4119 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4120 * 4121 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4122 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4123 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4124 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4125 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4126 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4127 * 4128 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4129 * user space 4130 * 4131 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4132 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4133 * 4134 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4135 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4136 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4137 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4138 * 4139 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4140 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4141 * DH IE through this interface. 4142 * 4143 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4144 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4145 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4146 * This callback may sleep. 4147 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4148 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4149 * 4150 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4151 * 4152 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4153 * 4154 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4155 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4156 * Response frame. 4157 * 4158 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4159 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4160 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4161 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4162 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4163 * radar channel. 4164 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4165 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4166 */ 4167 struct cfg80211_ops { 4168 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4169 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4170 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4171 4172 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4173 const char *name, 4174 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4175 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4176 struct vif_params *params); 4177 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4178 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4179 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4180 struct net_device *dev, 4181 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4182 struct vif_params *params); 4183 4184 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4185 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4186 struct key_params *params); 4187 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4188 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4189 void *cookie, 4190 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4191 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4192 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 4193 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4194 struct net_device *netdev, 4195 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4196 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4197 struct net_device *netdev, 4198 u8 key_index); 4199 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4200 struct net_device *netdev, 4201 u8 key_index); 4202 4203 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4204 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4205 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4206 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4207 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4208 unsigned int link_id); 4209 4210 4211 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4212 const u8 *mac, 4213 struct station_parameters *params); 4214 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4215 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4216 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4217 const u8 *mac, 4218 struct station_parameters *params); 4219 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4220 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4221 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4222 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4223 4224 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4225 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4226 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4227 const u8 *dst); 4228 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4229 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4230 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4231 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4232 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4233 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4234 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4235 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4236 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4237 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4238 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4239 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4240 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4241 struct net_device *dev, 4242 struct mesh_config *conf); 4243 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4244 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4245 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4246 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4247 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4248 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4249 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4250 4251 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4252 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4253 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4254 4255 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4256 struct bss_parameters *params); 4257 4258 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4259 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4260 4261 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4262 struct net_device *dev, 4263 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4264 4265 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4266 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4267 4268 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4269 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4270 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4271 4272 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4273 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4274 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4275 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4276 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4277 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4278 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4279 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4280 4281 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4282 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4283 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4284 struct net_device *dev, 4285 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4286 u32 changed); 4287 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4288 u16 reason_code); 4289 4290 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4291 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4292 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4293 4294 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4295 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4296 4297 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4298 4299 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4300 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4301 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4302 int *dbm); 4303 4304 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4305 4306 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4307 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4308 void *data, int len); 4309 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4310 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4311 void *data, int len); 4312 #endif 4313 4314 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4315 struct net_device *dev, 4316 unsigned int link_id, 4317 const u8 *peer, 4318 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4319 4320 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4321 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4322 4323 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4324 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4325 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4326 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4327 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4328 4329 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4330 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4331 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4332 unsigned int duration, 4333 u64 *cookie); 4334 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4335 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4336 u64 cookie); 4337 4338 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4339 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4340 u64 *cookie); 4341 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4342 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4343 u64 cookie); 4344 4345 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4346 bool enabled, int timeout); 4347 4348 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4349 struct net_device *dev, 4350 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4351 4352 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4353 struct net_device *dev, 4354 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4355 4356 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4357 struct net_device *dev, 4358 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4359 4360 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4361 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4362 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4363 4364 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4365 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4366 4367 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4368 struct net_device *dev, 4369 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4370 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4371 u64 reqid); 4372 4373 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4374 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4375 4376 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4377 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4378 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4379 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4380 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4381 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4382 4383 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4384 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4385 4386 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4387 struct net_device *dev, 4388 u16 noack_map); 4389 4390 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4391 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4392 unsigned int link_id, 4393 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4394 4395 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4396 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4397 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4398 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4399 4400 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4401 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4402 4403 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4404 struct net_device *dev, 4405 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4406 u32 cac_time_ms); 4407 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4408 struct net_device *dev); 4409 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4410 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4411 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4412 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4413 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4414 u16 duration); 4415 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4416 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4417 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4418 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4419 4420 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4421 struct net_device *dev, 4422 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4423 4424 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4425 struct net_device *dev, 4426 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4427 4428 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4429 unsigned int link_id, 4430 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4431 4432 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4433 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4434 u16 admitted_time); 4435 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4436 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4437 4438 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4439 struct net_device *dev, 4440 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4441 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4442 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4443 struct net_device *dev, 4444 const u8 *addr); 4445 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4446 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4447 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4448 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4449 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4450 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4451 u64 cookie); 4452 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4453 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4454 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4455 u32 changes); 4456 4457 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4458 struct net_device *dev, 4459 const bool enabled); 4460 4461 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4462 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4463 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4464 4465 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4466 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4467 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4468 const u8 *aa); 4469 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4470 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4471 4472 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4473 struct net_device *dev, 4474 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4475 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4476 const bool noencrypt, 4477 u64 *cookie); 4478 4479 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4480 struct net_device *dev, 4481 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4482 4483 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4484 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4485 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4486 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4487 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4488 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4489 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4490 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4491 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4492 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4493 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4494 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4495 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4496 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4497 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4498 struct net_device *dev, 4499 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4500 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4501 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4502 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4503 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4504 }; 4505 4506 /* 4507 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4508 * and registration/helper functions 4509 */ 4510 4511 /** 4512 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4513 * 4514 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4515 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4516 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4517 * wiphy at all 4518 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4519 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4520 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4521 * reason to override the default 4522 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4523 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4524 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4525 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4526 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4527 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4528 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4529 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4530 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4531 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4532 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4533 * firmware. 4534 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4535 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4536 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4537 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4538 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4539 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4540 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4541 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4542 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4543 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4544 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4545 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4546 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4547 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4548 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4549 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4550 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4551 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4552 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4553 * before connection. 4554 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4555 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4556 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4557 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4558 * should set this flag for now. 4559 */ 4560 enum wiphy_flags { 4561 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4562 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4563 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4564 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4565 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4566 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4567 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4568 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4569 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4570 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4571 /* use hole at 11 */ 4572 /* use hole at 12 */ 4573 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4574 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4575 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4576 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4577 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4578 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4579 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4580 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4581 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4582 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4583 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4584 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4585 }; 4586 4587 /** 4588 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4589 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4590 * @types: interface types (bits) 4591 */ 4592 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4593 u16 max; 4594 u16 types; 4595 }; 4596 4597 /** 4598 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4599 * 4600 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4601 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4602 * 4603 * Examples: 4604 * 4605 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4606 * 4607 * .. code-block:: c 4608 * 4609 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4610 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4611 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4612 * }; 4613 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4614 * .limits = limits1, 4615 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4616 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4617 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4618 * }; 4619 * 4620 * 4621 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4622 * 4623 * .. code-block:: c 4624 * 4625 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4626 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4627 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4628 * }; 4629 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4630 * .limits = limits2, 4631 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4632 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4633 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4634 * }; 4635 * 4636 * 4637 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4638 * 4639 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4640 * 4641 * .. code-block:: c 4642 * 4643 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4644 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4645 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4646 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4647 * }; 4648 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4649 * .limits = limits3, 4650 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4651 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4652 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4653 * }; 4654 * 4655 */ 4656 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4657 /** 4658 * @limits: 4659 * limits for the given interface types 4660 */ 4661 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4662 4663 /** 4664 * @num_different_channels: 4665 * can use up to this many different channels 4666 */ 4667 u32 num_different_channels; 4668 4669 /** 4670 * @max_interfaces: 4671 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4672 */ 4673 u16 max_interfaces; 4674 4675 /** 4676 * @n_limits: 4677 * number of limitations 4678 */ 4679 u8 n_limits; 4680 4681 /** 4682 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4683 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4684 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4685 */ 4686 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4687 4688 /** 4689 * @radar_detect_widths: 4690 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4691 */ 4692 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4693 4694 /** 4695 * @radar_detect_regions: 4696 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4697 */ 4698 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4699 4700 /** 4701 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4702 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4703 * 4704 * = 0 4705 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4706 * > 0 4707 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4708 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4709 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4710 */ 4711 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4712 }; 4713 4714 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4715 u16 tx, rx; 4716 }; 4717 4718 /** 4719 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4720 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4721 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4722 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4723 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4724 * packet should be preserved in that case 4725 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4726 * (see nl80211.h) 4727 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4728 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4729 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4730 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4731 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4732 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4733 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4734 */ 4735 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4736 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4737 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4738 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4739 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4740 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4741 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4742 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4743 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4744 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4745 }; 4746 4747 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4748 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4749 u32 data_payload_max; 4750 u32 data_interval_max; 4751 u32 wake_payload_max; 4752 bool seq; 4753 }; 4754 4755 /** 4756 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4757 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4758 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4759 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4760 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4761 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4762 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4763 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4764 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4765 * scheduled scans. 4766 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4767 * details. 4768 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4769 */ 4770 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4771 u32 flags; 4772 int n_patterns; 4773 int pattern_max_len; 4774 int pattern_min_len; 4775 int max_pkt_offset; 4776 int max_nd_match_sets; 4777 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4778 }; 4779 4780 /** 4781 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4782 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4783 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4784 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4785 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4786 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4787 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4788 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4789 */ 4790 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4791 int n_rules; 4792 int max_delay; 4793 int n_patterns; 4794 int pattern_max_len; 4795 int pattern_min_len; 4796 int max_pkt_offset; 4797 }; 4798 4799 /** 4800 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4801 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4802 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4803 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4804 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4805 */ 4806 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4807 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4808 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4809 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4810 }; 4811 4812 /** 4813 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4814 * 4815 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4816 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4817 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4818 * 4819 */ 4820 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4821 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4822 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4823 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4824 }; 4825 4826 /** 4827 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4828 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4829 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4830 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4831 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4832 */ 4833 4834 struct sta_opmode_info { 4835 u32 changed; 4836 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4837 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4838 u8 rx_nss; 4839 }; 4840 4841 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4842 4843 /** 4844 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4845 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4846 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4847 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4848 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4849 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4850 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4851 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4852 * dumpit calls. 4853 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4854 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4855 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4856 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4857 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4858 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4859 * are used with dump requests. 4860 */ 4861 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4862 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4863 u32 flags; 4864 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4865 const void *data, int data_len); 4866 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4867 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4868 unsigned long *storage); 4869 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4870 unsigned int maxattr; 4871 }; 4872 4873 /** 4874 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4875 * @iftype: interface type 4876 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4877 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4878 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4879 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4880 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4881 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4882 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4883 */ 4884 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4885 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4886 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4887 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4888 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4889 }; 4890 4891 /** 4892 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4893 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4894 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4895 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4896 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4897 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4898 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4899 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4900 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4901 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4902 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4903 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4904 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4905 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4906 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4907 * not limited) 4908 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4909 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4910 */ 4911 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4912 unsigned int max_peers; 4913 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4914 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4915 4916 struct { 4917 u32 preambles; 4918 u32 bandwidths; 4919 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4920 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4921 u8 supported:1, 4922 asap:1, 4923 non_asap:1, 4924 request_lci:1, 4925 request_civicloc:1, 4926 trigger_based:1, 4927 non_trigger_based:1; 4928 } ftm; 4929 }; 4930 4931 /** 4932 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4933 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4934 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4935 * 4936 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4937 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4938 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4939 */ 4940 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4941 u16 iftypes_mask; 4942 const u32 *akm_suites; 4943 int n_akm_suites; 4944 }; 4945 4946 /** 4947 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4948 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 4949 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4950 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4951 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4952 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4953 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4954 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4955 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4956 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4957 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4958 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4959 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4960 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4961 * iftype_akm_suites. 4962 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4963 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4964 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4965 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4966 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4967 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4968 * suites are specified separately. 4969 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4970 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4971 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4972 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4973 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4974 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4975 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4976 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4977 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4978 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4979 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4980 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4981 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4982 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4983 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4984 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4985 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4986 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4987 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4988 * unregister hardware 4989 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4990 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4991 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4992 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4993 * (see below). 4994 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4995 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4996 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4997 * must be set by driver 4998 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4999 * list single interface types. 5000 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5001 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5002 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5003 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5004 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5005 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5006 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5007 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5008 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5009 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5010 * this variable determines its size 5011 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5012 * any given scan 5013 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5014 * the device can run concurrently. 5015 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5016 * for in any given scheduled scan 5017 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5018 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5019 * supported. 5020 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5021 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5022 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5023 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5024 * scans 5025 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5026 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5027 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5028 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5029 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5030 * scan plan supported by the device. 5031 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5032 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5033 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5034 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5035 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5036 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5037 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5038 * 5039 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5040 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5041 * type 5042 * 5043 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5044 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5045 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5046 * 5047 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5048 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5049 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5050 * 5051 * @probe_resp_offload: 5052 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5053 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5054 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5055 * 5056 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5057 * may request, if implemented. 5058 * 5059 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5060 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5061 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5062 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5063 * 5064 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5065 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5066 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5067 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5068 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5069 * 5070 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5071 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5072 * 5073 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5074 * supports for ACL. 5075 * 5076 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5077 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5078 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5079 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5080 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5081 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5082 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5083 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5084 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5085 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5086 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5087 * capabilities are specified separately. 5088 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5089 * 5090 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5091 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5092 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5093 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5094 * 5095 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5096 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5097 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5098 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5099 * 5100 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5101 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5102 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5103 * infinite. 5104 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5105 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5106 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5107 * 5108 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5109 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5110 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5111 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5112 * 5113 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5114 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5115 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5116 * 5117 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5118 * wake_tx_queue 5119 * 5120 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5121 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5122 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5123 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5124 * 5125 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5126 * 5127 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5128 * device has 5129 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5130 * supported by the driver for each vif 5131 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5132 * supported by the driver for each peer 5133 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5134 * long/short retry configuration 5135 * 5136 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5137 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5138 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5139 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5140 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5141 * 5142 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5143 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5144 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5145 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5146 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5147 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5148 */ 5149 struct wiphy { 5150 struct mutex mtx; 5151 5152 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5153 5154 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5155 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5156 5157 struct mac_address *addresses; 5158 5159 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5160 5161 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5162 int n_iface_combinations; 5163 u16 software_iftypes; 5164 5165 u16 n_addresses; 5166 5167 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5168 u16 interface_modes; 5169 5170 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5171 5172 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5173 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5174 5175 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5176 5177 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5178 5179 int bss_priv_size; 5180 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5181 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5182 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5183 u8 max_match_sets; 5184 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5185 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5186 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5187 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5188 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5189 5190 int n_cipher_suites; 5191 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5192 5193 int n_akm_suites; 5194 const u32 *akm_suites; 5195 5196 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5197 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5198 5199 u8 retry_short; 5200 u8 retry_long; 5201 u32 frag_threshold; 5202 u32 rts_threshold; 5203 u8 coverage_class; 5204 5205 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5206 u32 hw_version; 5207 5208 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5209 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5210 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5211 #endif 5212 5213 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5214 5215 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5216 5217 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5218 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5219 5220 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5221 5222 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5223 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5224 5225 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5226 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5227 5228 const void *privid; 5229 5230 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5231 5232 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5233 struct regulatory_request *request); 5234 5235 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5236 5237 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5238 5239 struct device dev; 5240 5241 bool registered; 5242 5243 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5244 5245 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5246 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5247 5248 struct list_head wdev_list; 5249 5250 possible_net_t _net; 5251 5252 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5253 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5254 #endif 5255 5256 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5257 5258 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5259 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5260 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5261 5262 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5263 5264 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5265 5266 u32 bss_select_support; 5267 5268 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5269 5270 u32 txq_limit; 5271 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5272 u32 txq_quantum; 5273 5274 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5275 5276 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5277 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5278 5279 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5280 5281 struct { 5282 u64 peer, vif; 5283 u8 max_retry; 5284 } tid_config_support; 5285 5286 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5287 5288 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5289 5290 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5291 5292 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5293 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5294 5295 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5296 }; 5297 5298 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5299 { 5300 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5301 } 5302 5303 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5304 { 5305 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5306 } 5307 5308 /** 5309 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5310 * 5311 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5312 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5313 */ 5314 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5315 { 5316 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5317 return &wiphy->priv; 5318 } 5319 5320 /** 5321 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5322 * 5323 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5324 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5325 */ 5326 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5327 { 5328 BUG_ON(!priv); 5329 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5330 } 5331 5332 /** 5333 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5334 * 5335 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5336 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5337 */ 5338 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5339 { 5340 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5341 } 5342 5343 /** 5344 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5345 * 5346 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5347 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5348 */ 5349 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5350 { 5351 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5352 } 5353 5354 /** 5355 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5356 * 5357 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5358 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5359 */ 5360 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5361 { 5362 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5363 } 5364 5365 /** 5366 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5367 * 5368 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5369 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5370 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5371 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5372 * 5373 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5374 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5375 * 5376 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5377 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5378 */ 5379 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5380 const char *requested_name); 5381 5382 /** 5383 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5384 * 5385 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5386 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5387 * 5388 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5389 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5390 * 5391 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5392 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5393 */ 5394 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5395 int sizeof_priv) 5396 { 5397 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5398 } 5399 5400 /** 5401 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5402 * 5403 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5404 * 5405 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5406 */ 5407 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5408 5409 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5410 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5411 5412 /** 5413 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5414 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5415 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5416 * 5417 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5418 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5419 */ 5420 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5421 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5422 5423 /** 5424 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5425 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5426 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5427 * 5428 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5429 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5430 */ 5431 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5432 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5433 5434 /** 5435 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5436 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5437 */ 5438 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5439 5440 /** 5441 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5442 * 5443 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5444 * 5445 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5446 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5447 * request that is being handled. 5448 */ 5449 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5450 5451 /** 5452 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5453 * 5454 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5455 */ 5456 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5457 5458 /* internal structs */ 5459 struct cfg80211_conn; 5460 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5461 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5462 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5463 5464 /** 5465 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5466 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5467 * 5468 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5469 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5470 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5471 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5472 * 5473 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5474 */ 5475 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5476 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5477 { 5478 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5479 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5480 } 5481 5482 /** 5483 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5484 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5485 */ 5486 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5487 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5488 { 5489 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5490 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5491 } 5492 5493 /** 5494 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5495 * 5496 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5497 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5498 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5499 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5500 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5501 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5502 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5503 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5504 * 5505 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5506 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5507 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5508 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5509 * 5510 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5511 * @iftype: interface type 5512 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5513 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5514 * for the notifier 5515 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5516 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5517 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5518 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5519 * @connected_addr: (private) BSSID or AP MLD address if connected 5520 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5521 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5522 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5523 * the user-set channel definition. 5524 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5525 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5526 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5527 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5528 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5529 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5530 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5531 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5532 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5533 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5534 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5535 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5536 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5537 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5538 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5539 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5540 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5541 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5542 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5543 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5544 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5545 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5546 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5547 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5548 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5549 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5550 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5551 * and some API functions require it held 5552 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5553 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5554 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5555 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5556 * the P2P Device. 5557 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5558 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5559 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5560 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5561 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5562 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5563 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5564 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5565 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5566 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5567 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5568 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5569 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5570 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5571 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5572 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5573 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5574 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5575 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5576 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5577 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5578 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5579 * unprotected beacon report 5580 */ 5581 struct wireless_dev { 5582 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5583 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5584 5585 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5586 struct list_head list; 5587 struct net_device *netdev; 5588 5589 u32 identifier; 5590 5591 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5592 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5593 5594 struct mutex mtx; 5595 5596 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5597 5598 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5599 5600 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5601 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5602 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5603 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5604 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5605 5606 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5607 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5608 5609 struct list_head event_list; 5610 spinlock_t event_lock; 5611 5612 u8 connected:1; 5613 5614 bool ps; 5615 int ps_timeout; 5616 5617 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5618 5619 u32 owner_nlportid; 5620 bool nl_owner_dead; 5621 5622 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5623 bool cac_started; 5624 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5625 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5626 5627 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5628 /* wext data */ 5629 struct { 5630 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5631 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5632 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5633 const u8 *ie; 5634 size_t ie_len; 5635 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5636 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5637 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5638 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5639 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5640 } wext; 5641 #endif 5642 5643 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5644 5645 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5646 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5647 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5648 5649 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5650 5651 union { 5652 struct { 5653 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5654 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5655 u8 ssid_len; 5656 } client; 5657 struct { 5658 int beacon_interval; 5659 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5660 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5661 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5662 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 5663 } mesh; 5664 struct { 5665 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5666 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5667 u8 ssid_len; 5668 } ap; 5669 struct { 5670 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5671 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5672 int beacon_interval; 5673 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5674 u8 ssid_len; 5675 } ibss; 5676 struct { 5677 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5678 } ocb; 5679 } u; 5680 5681 struct { 5682 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5683 union { 5684 struct { 5685 unsigned int beacon_interval; 5686 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5687 } ap; 5688 struct { 5689 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5690 } client; 5691 }; 5692 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 5693 u16 valid_links; 5694 }; 5695 5696 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5697 { 5698 if (wdev->netdev) 5699 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5700 return wdev->address; 5701 } 5702 5703 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5704 { 5705 if (wdev->netdev) 5706 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5707 return wdev->is_running; 5708 } 5709 5710 /** 5711 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5712 * 5713 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5714 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5715 */ 5716 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5717 { 5718 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5719 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5720 } 5721 5722 /** 5723 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 5724 * @wdev: the wdev 5725 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 5726 * 5727 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 5728 */ 5729 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5730 unsigned int link_id); 5731 5732 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5733 unsigned int link_id) 5734 { 5735 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 5736 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 5737 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 5738 } 5739 5740 #define for_each_valid_link(wdev, link_id) \ 5741 for (link_id = 0; \ 5742 link_id < ((wdev)->valid_links ? ARRAY_SIZE((wdev)->links) : 1); \ 5743 link_id++) \ 5744 if (!(wdev)->valid_links || \ 5745 ((wdev)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 5746 5747 /** 5748 * DOC: Utility functions 5749 * 5750 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5751 */ 5752 5753 /** 5754 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5755 * 5756 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5757 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5758 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5759 */ 5760 static inline bool 5761 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5762 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5763 { 5764 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5765 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5766 } 5767 5768 /** 5769 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5770 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5771 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5772 */ 5773 static inline u32 5774 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5775 { 5776 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5777 } 5778 5779 /** 5780 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5781 * 5782 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5783 * @chan: channel 5784 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5785 */ 5786 enum nl80211_chan_width 5787 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5788 5789 /** 5790 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5791 * @chan: channel number 5792 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5793 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5794 */ 5795 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5796 5797 /** 5798 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5799 * @chan: channel number 5800 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5801 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5802 */ 5803 static inline int 5804 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5805 { 5806 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5807 } 5808 5809 /** 5810 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5811 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5812 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5813 */ 5814 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5815 5816 /** 5817 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5818 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5819 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5820 */ 5821 static inline int 5822 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5823 { 5824 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5825 } 5826 5827 /** 5828 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5829 * frequency 5830 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5831 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5832 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5833 */ 5834 struct ieee80211_channel * 5835 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5836 5837 /** 5838 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5839 * 5840 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5841 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5842 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5843 */ 5844 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5845 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5846 { 5847 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5848 } 5849 5850 /** 5851 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5852 * @chan: control channel to check 5853 * 5854 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5855 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5856 */ 5857 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5858 { 5859 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5860 return false; 5861 5862 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5863 } 5864 5865 /** 5866 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5867 * 5868 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5869 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5870 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5871 * 5872 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5873 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5874 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5875 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5876 */ 5877 const struct ieee80211_rate * 5878 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5879 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5880 5881 /** 5882 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5883 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5884 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5885 * 5886 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5887 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5888 */ 5889 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5890 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5891 5892 /* 5893 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5894 * 5895 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5896 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5897 */ 5898 5899 struct radiotap_align_size { 5900 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5901 }; 5902 5903 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5904 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5905 int n_bits; 5906 uint32_t oui; 5907 uint8_t subns; 5908 }; 5909 5910 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5911 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5912 int n_ns; 5913 }; 5914 5915 /** 5916 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5917 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5918 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5919 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5920 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5921 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5922 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5923 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5924 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5925 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5926 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5927 * radiotap namespace or not 5928 * 5929 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5930 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5931 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5932 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5933 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5934 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5935 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5936 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5937 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5938 * next bitmap word 5939 * 5940 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5941 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5942 */ 5943 5944 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5945 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5946 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5947 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5948 5949 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5950 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5951 5952 unsigned char *this_arg; 5953 int this_arg_index; 5954 int this_arg_size; 5955 5956 int is_radiotap_ns; 5957 5958 int _max_length; 5959 int _arg_index; 5960 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5961 int _reset_on_ext; 5962 }; 5963 5964 int 5965 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5966 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5967 int max_length, 5968 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5969 5970 int 5971 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5972 5973 5974 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5975 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5976 5977 /** 5978 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5979 * 5980 * @skb: the frame 5981 * 5982 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5983 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5984 * 5985 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5986 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5987 * 802.11 header. 5988 */ 5989 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5990 5991 /** 5992 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5993 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5994 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5995 */ 5996 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5997 5998 /** 5999 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6000 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6001 * (first byte) will be accessed 6002 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6003 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6004 */ 6005 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6006 6007 /** 6008 * DOC: Data path helpers 6009 * 6010 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6011 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6012 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6013 */ 6014 6015 /** 6016 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6017 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6018 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6019 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6020 * @addr: the device MAC address 6021 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6022 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6023 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6024 */ 6025 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6026 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6027 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6028 6029 /** 6030 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6031 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6032 * @addr: the device MAC address 6033 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6034 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6035 */ 6036 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6037 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6038 { 6039 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6040 } 6041 6042 /** 6043 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6044 * 6045 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6046 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6047 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6048 * 6049 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6050 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6051 * initialized by the caller. 6052 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6053 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6054 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6055 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6056 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6057 */ 6058 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6059 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6060 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6061 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 6062 6063 /** 6064 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6065 * @skb: the data frame 6066 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6067 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6068 */ 6069 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6070 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6071 6072 /** 6073 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6074 * 6075 * @eid: element ID 6076 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6077 * @len: length of data 6078 * @match: byte array to match 6079 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6080 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6081 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6082 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6083 * the data portion instead. 6084 * 6085 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6086 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6087 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6088 * requested element struct. 6089 * 6090 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6091 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6092 * byte array to match. 6093 */ 6094 const struct element * 6095 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6096 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6097 unsigned int match_offset); 6098 6099 /** 6100 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6101 * 6102 * @eid: element ID 6103 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6104 * @len: length of data 6105 * @match: byte array to match 6106 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6107 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6108 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6109 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6110 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6111 * the second byte is the IE length. 6112 * 6113 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6114 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6115 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6116 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6117 * element ID. 6118 * 6119 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6120 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6121 * byte array to match. 6122 */ 6123 static inline const u8 * 6124 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6125 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6126 unsigned int match_offset) 6127 { 6128 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6129 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6130 */ 6131 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6132 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6133 return NULL; 6134 6135 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6136 match, match_len, 6137 match_offset ? 6138 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6139 } 6140 6141 /** 6142 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6143 * 6144 * @eid: element ID 6145 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6146 * @len: length of data 6147 * 6148 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6149 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6150 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6151 * requested element struct. 6152 * 6153 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6154 * having to fit into the given data. 6155 */ 6156 static inline const struct element * 6157 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6158 { 6159 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6160 } 6161 6162 /** 6163 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6164 * 6165 * @eid: element ID 6166 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6167 * @len: length of data 6168 * 6169 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6170 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6171 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6172 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6173 * 6174 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6175 * having to fit into the given data. 6176 */ 6177 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6178 { 6179 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6180 } 6181 6182 /** 6183 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6184 * 6185 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6186 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6187 * @len: length of data 6188 * 6189 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6190 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6191 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6192 * requested element struct. 6193 * 6194 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6195 * having to fit into the given data. 6196 */ 6197 static inline const struct element * 6198 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6199 { 6200 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6201 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6202 } 6203 6204 /** 6205 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6206 * 6207 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6208 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6209 * @len: length of data 6210 * 6211 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6212 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6213 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6214 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6215 * 6216 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6217 * having to fit into the given data. 6218 */ 6219 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6220 { 6221 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6222 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6223 } 6224 6225 /** 6226 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6227 * 6228 * @oui: vendor OUI 6229 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6230 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6231 * @len: length of data 6232 * 6233 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6234 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6235 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6236 * 6237 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6238 * the given data. 6239 */ 6240 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6241 const u8 *ies, 6242 unsigned int len); 6243 6244 /** 6245 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6246 * 6247 * @oui: vendor OUI 6248 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6249 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6250 * @len: length of data 6251 * 6252 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6253 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6254 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6255 * element ID. 6256 * 6257 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6258 * the given data. 6259 */ 6260 static inline const u8 * 6261 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6262 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6263 { 6264 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6265 } 6266 6267 /** 6268 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6269 * 6270 * @dev: network device 6271 * @addr: STA MAC address 6272 * 6273 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6274 * devices upon STA association. 6275 */ 6276 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6277 6278 /** 6279 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6280 * 6281 * TODO 6282 */ 6283 6284 /** 6285 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6286 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6287 * conflicts) 6288 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6289 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6290 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6291 * alpha2. 6292 * 6293 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6294 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6295 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6296 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6297 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6298 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6299 * 6300 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6301 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6302 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6303 * 6304 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6305 * an -ENOMEM. 6306 * 6307 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6308 */ 6309 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6310 6311 /** 6312 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6313 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6314 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6315 * 6316 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6317 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6318 * information. 6319 * 6320 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6321 */ 6322 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6323 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6324 6325 /** 6326 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6327 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6328 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6329 * 6330 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6331 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6332 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6333 * 6334 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6335 */ 6336 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6337 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6338 6339 /** 6340 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6341 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6342 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6343 * 6344 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6345 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6346 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6347 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6348 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6349 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6350 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6351 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6352 * that called this helper. 6353 */ 6354 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6355 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6356 6357 /** 6358 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6359 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6360 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6361 * 6362 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6363 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6364 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6365 * and processed already. 6366 * 6367 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6368 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6369 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6370 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6371 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6372 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6373 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6374 */ 6375 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6376 u32 center_freq); 6377 6378 /** 6379 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6380 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6381 * 6382 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6383 * proper string representation. 6384 */ 6385 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6386 6387 /** 6388 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6389 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6390 * 6391 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6392 */ 6393 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6394 6395 /** 6396 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6397 * 6398 */ 6399 6400 /** 6401 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6402 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6403 * 6404 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6405 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6406 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6407 * 6408 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6409 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6410 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6411 * 6412 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6413 * an -ENODATA. 6414 * 6415 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6416 */ 6417 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6418 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6419 6420 /* 6421 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6422 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6423 */ 6424 6425 /** 6426 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6427 * 6428 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6429 * @info: information about the completed scan 6430 */ 6431 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6432 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6433 6434 /** 6435 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6436 * 6437 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6438 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6439 */ 6440 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6441 6442 /** 6443 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6444 * 6445 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6446 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6447 * 6448 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6449 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6450 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6451 */ 6452 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6453 6454 /** 6455 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6456 * 6457 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6458 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6459 * 6460 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6461 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6462 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6463 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6464 */ 6465 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6466 6467 /** 6468 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6469 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6470 * @data: the BSS metadata 6471 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6472 * @len: length of the management frame 6473 * @gfp: context flags 6474 * 6475 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6476 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6477 * 6478 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6479 * Or %NULL on error. 6480 */ 6481 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6482 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6483 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6484 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6485 gfp_t gfp); 6486 6487 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6488 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6489 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6490 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6491 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6492 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6493 { 6494 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6495 .chan = rx_channel, 6496 .scan_width = scan_width, 6497 .signal = signal, 6498 }; 6499 6500 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6501 } 6502 6503 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6504 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6505 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6506 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6507 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6508 { 6509 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6510 .chan = rx_channel, 6511 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6512 .signal = signal, 6513 }; 6514 6515 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6516 } 6517 6518 /** 6519 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6520 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6521 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6522 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6523 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6524 */ 6525 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6526 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6527 { 6528 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6529 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6530 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6531 6532 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6533 6534 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6535 6536 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6537 } 6538 6539 /** 6540 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6541 * @element: element to check 6542 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6543 */ 6544 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6545 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6546 6547 /** 6548 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6549 * @ie: ies 6550 * @ielen: length of IEs 6551 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6552 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6553 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6554 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6555 */ 6556 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6557 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6558 const struct element *sub_elem, 6559 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6560 6561 /** 6562 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6563 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6564 * from a beacon or probe response 6565 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6566 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6567 */ 6568 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6569 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6570 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6571 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6572 }; 6573 6574 /** 6575 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6576 * @ie: IEs 6577 * @ielen: length of IEs 6578 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6579 * @ftype: frame type 6580 * 6581 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6582 */ 6583 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6584 enum nl80211_band band, 6585 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); 6586 6587 /** 6588 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6589 * 6590 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6591 * @data: the BSS metadata 6592 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6593 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6594 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6595 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6596 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6597 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6598 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6599 * @gfp: context flags 6600 * 6601 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6602 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6603 * 6604 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6605 * Or %NULL on error. 6606 */ 6607 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6608 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6609 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6610 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6611 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6612 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6613 gfp_t gfp); 6614 6615 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6616 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6617 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6618 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6619 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6620 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6621 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6622 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6623 { 6624 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6625 .chan = rx_channel, 6626 .scan_width = scan_width, 6627 .signal = signal, 6628 }; 6629 6630 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6631 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6632 gfp); 6633 } 6634 6635 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6636 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6637 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6638 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6639 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6640 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6641 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6642 { 6643 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6644 .chan = rx_channel, 6645 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6646 .signal = signal, 6647 }; 6648 6649 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6650 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6651 gfp); 6652 } 6653 6654 /** 6655 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6656 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6657 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6658 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6659 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6660 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6661 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6662 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6663 */ 6664 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6665 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6666 const u8 *bssid, 6667 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6668 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6669 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6670 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6671 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6672 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6673 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6674 { 6675 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6676 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6677 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6678 } 6679 6680 /** 6681 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6682 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6683 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6684 * 6685 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6686 */ 6687 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6688 6689 /** 6690 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6691 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6692 * @bss: the BSS struct 6693 * 6694 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6695 */ 6696 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6697 6698 /** 6699 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6700 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6701 * @bss: the bss to remove 6702 * 6703 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6704 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6705 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6706 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6707 */ 6708 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6709 6710 /** 6711 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6712 * 6713 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6714 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6715 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6716 * 6717 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6718 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6719 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6720 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6721 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6722 */ 6723 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6724 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6725 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6726 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6727 void *data), 6728 void *iter_data); 6729 6730 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6731 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6732 { 6733 switch (chandef->width) { 6734 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6735 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6736 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6737 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6738 default: 6739 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6740 } 6741 } 6742 6743 /** 6744 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6745 * @dev: network device 6746 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6747 * @len: length of the frame data 6748 * 6749 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6750 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6751 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6752 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6753 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6754 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6755 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6756 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6757 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6758 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6759 * 6760 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6761 */ 6762 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6763 6764 /** 6765 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6766 * @dev: network device 6767 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6768 * 6769 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6770 * mutex. 6771 */ 6772 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6773 6774 /** 6775 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6776 * @dev: network device 6777 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6778 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6779 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6780 * @len: length of the frame data 6781 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6782 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6783 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6784 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6785 * 6786 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6787 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6788 * 6789 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6790 */ 6791 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6792 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6793 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6794 int uapsd_queues, 6795 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6796 6797 /** 6798 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6799 * @dev: network device 6800 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6801 * 6802 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6803 */ 6804 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6805 6806 /** 6807 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6808 * @dev: network device 6809 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6810 * 6811 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6812 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6813 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6814 */ 6815 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6816 6817 /** 6818 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6819 * @dev: network device 6820 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6821 * @len: length of the frame data 6822 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6823 * 6824 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6825 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6826 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6827 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6828 */ 6829 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6830 bool reconnect); 6831 6832 /** 6833 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6834 * @dev: network device 6835 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6836 * @len: length of the frame data 6837 * 6838 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6839 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6840 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6841 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6842 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6843 * 6844 * This function may sleep. 6845 */ 6846 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6847 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6848 6849 /** 6850 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6851 * @dev: network device 6852 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6853 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6854 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6855 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6856 * @gfp: allocation flags 6857 * 6858 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6859 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6860 * primitive. 6861 */ 6862 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6863 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6864 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6865 6866 /** 6867 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6868 * 6869 * @dev: network device 6870 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6871 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6872 * @gfp: allocation flags 6873 * 6874 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6875 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6876 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6877 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6878 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6879 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6880 */ 6881 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6882 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6883 6884 /** 6885 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 6886 * candidate 6887 * 6888 * @dev: network device 6889 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6890 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6891 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6892 * @gfp: allocation flags 6893 * 6894 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6895 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6896 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6897 */ 6898 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6899 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6900 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6901 6902 /** 6903 * DOC: RFkill integration 6904 * 6905 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6906 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6907 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6908 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6909 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6910 * 6911 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6912 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6913 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6914 */ 6915 6916 /** 6917 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6918 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6919 * @blocked: block status 6920 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 6921 */ 6922 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 6923 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 6924 6925 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 6926 { 6927 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 6928 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 6929 } 6930 6931 /** 6932 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6933 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6934 */ 6935 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6936 6937 /** 6938 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6939 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6940 */ 6941 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6942 { 6943 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 6944 } 6945 6946 /** 6947 * DOC: Vendor commands 6948 * 6949 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6950 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6951 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6952 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6953 * the configuration mechanism. 6954 * 6955 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6956 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6957 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6958 * 6959 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6960 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6961 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6962 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6963 * managers etc. need. 6964 */ 6965 6966 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6967 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6968 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6969 int approxlen); 6970 6971 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6972 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6973 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6974 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6975 unsigned int portid, 6976 int vendor_event_idx, 6977 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6978 6979 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6980 6981 /** 6982 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6983 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6984 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6985 * be put into the skb 6986 * 6987 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6988 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6989 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6990 * 6991 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6992 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6993 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6994 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6995 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6996 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6997 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6998 * 6999 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7000 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7001 * 7002 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7003 */ 7004 static inline struct sk_buff * 7005 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7006 { 7007 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7008 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7009 } 7010 7011 /** 7012 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7013 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7014 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7015 * 7016 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7017 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7018 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7019 * skb regardless of the return value. 7020 * 7021 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7022 */ 7023 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7024 7025 /** 7026 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7027 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7028 * 7029 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7030 * Valid to call only there. 7031 */ 7032 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7033 7034 /** 7035 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7036 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7037 * @wdev: the wireless device 7038 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7039 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7040 * be put into the skb 7041 * @gfp: allocation flags 7042 * 7043 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7044 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7045 * 7046 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7047 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7048 * attribute. 7049 * 7050 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7051 * skb to send the event. 7052 * 7053 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7054 */ 7055 static inline struct sk_buff * 7056 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7057 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7058 { 7059 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7060 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7061 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7062 } 7063 7064 /** 7065 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7066 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7067 * @wdev: the wireless device 7068 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7069 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7070 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7071 * be put into the skb 7072 * @gfp: allocation flags 7073 * 7074 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7075 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7076 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7077 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7078 * 7079 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7080 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7081 * attribute. 7082 * 7083 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7084 * skb to send the event. 7085 * 7086 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7087 */ 7088 static inline struct sk_buff * 7089 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7090 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7091 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7092 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7093 { 7094 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7095 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7096 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7097 } 7098 7099 /** 7100 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7101 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7102 * @gfp: allocation flags 7103 * 7104 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7105 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7106 */ 7107 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7108 { 7109 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7110 } 7111 7112 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7113 /** 7114 * DOC: Test mode 7115 * 7116 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7117 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7118 * factory programming. 7119 * 7120 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7121 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7122 */ 7123 7124 /** 7125 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7126 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7127 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7128 * be put into the skb 7129 * 7130 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7131 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7132 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7133 * 7134 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7135 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7136 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7137 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7138 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7139 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7140 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7141 * 7142 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7143 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7144 * 7145 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7146 */ 7147 static inline struct sk_buff * 7148 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7149 { 7150 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7151 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7152 } 7153 7154 /** 7155 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7156 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7157 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7158 * 7159 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7160 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7161 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7162 * regardless of the return value. 7163 * 7164 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7165 */ 7166 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7167 { 7168 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7169 } 7170 7171 /** 7172 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7173 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7174 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7175 * be put into the skb 7176 * @gfp: allocation flags 7177 * 7178 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7179 * testmode multicast group. 7180 * 7181 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7182 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7183 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7184 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7185 * in any other way. 7186 * 7187 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7188 * skb to send the event. 7189 * 7190 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7191 */ 7192 static inline struct sk_buff * 7193 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7194 { 7195 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7196 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7197 approxlen, gfp); 7198 } 7199 7200 /** 7201 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7202 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7203 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7204 * @gfp: allocation flags 7205 * 7206 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7207 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7208 * consumes it. 7209 */ 7210 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7211 { 7212 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7213 } 7214 7215 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7216 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7217 #else 7218 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7219 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7220 #endif 7221 7222 /** 7223 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7224 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7225 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7226 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7227 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7228 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7229 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7230 * status for a FILS connection. 7231 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7232 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7233 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7234 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7235 */ 7236 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7237 const u8 *kek; 7238 size_t kek_len; 7239 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7240 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7241 const u8 *pmk; 7242 size_t pmk_len; 7243 const u8 *pmkid; 7244 }; 7245 7246 /** 7247 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7248 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7249 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7250 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7251 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7252 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7253 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7254 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7255 * case. 7256 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 7257 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7258 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7259 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7260 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7261 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7262 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7263 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7264 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7265 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7266 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7267 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7268 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7269 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7270 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7271 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7272 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7273 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7274 */ 7275 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7276 int status; 7277 const u8 *bssid; 7278 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7279 const u8 *req_ie; 7280 size_t req_ie_len; 7281 const u8 *resp_ie; 7282 size_t resp_ie_len; 7283 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7284 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7285 }; 7286 7287 /** 7288 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7289 * 7290 * @dev: network device 7291 * @params: connection response parameters 7292 * @gfp: allocation flags 7293 * 7294 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7295 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7296 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7297 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7298 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7299 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7300 */ 7301 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7302 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7303 gfp_t gfp); 7304 7305 /** 7306 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7307 * 7308 * @dev: network device 7309 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7310 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7311 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7312 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7313 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7314 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7315 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7316 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7317 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7318 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7319 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7320 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7321 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7322 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7323 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7324 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7325 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7326 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7327 * case. 7328 * @gfp: allocation flags 7329 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7330 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7331 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7332 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7333 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7334 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7335 * 7336 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7337 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7338 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7339 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7340 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7341 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7342 */ 7343 static inline void 7344 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7345 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7346 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7347 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7348 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7349 { 7350 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7351 7352 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7353 params.status = status; 7354 params.bssid = bssid; 7355 params.bss = bss; 7356 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7357 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7358 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7359 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7360 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7361 7362 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7363 } 7364 7365 /** 7366 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7367 * 7368 * @dev: network device 7369 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7370 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7371 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7372 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7373 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7374 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7375 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7376 * the real status code for failures. 7377 * @gfp: allocation flags 7378 * 7379 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7380 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7381 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7382 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7383 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7384 */ 7385 static inline void 7386 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7387 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7388 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7389 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7390 { 7391 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7392 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7393 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7394 } 7395 7396 /** 7397 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7398 * 7399 * @dev: network device 7400 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7401 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7402 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7403 * @gfp: allocation flags 7404 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7405 * 7406 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7407 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7408 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7409 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7410 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7411 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7412 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7413 */ 7414 static inline void 7415 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7416 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7417 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7418 { 7419 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7420 gfp, timeout_reason); 7421 } 7422 7423 /** 7424 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7425 * 7426 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 7427 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 7428 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 7429 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7430 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7431 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7432 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7433 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7434 */ 7435 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7436 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7437 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7438 const u8 *bssid; 7439 const u8 *req_ie; 7440 size_t req_ie_len; 7441 const u8 *resp_ie; 7442 size_t resp_ie_len; 7443 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7444 }; 7445 7446 /** 7447 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7448 * 7449 * @dev: network device 7450 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7451 * @gfp: allocation flags 7452 * 7453 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7454 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7455 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7456 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7457 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7458 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7459 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7460 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7461 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7462 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7463 */ 7464 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7465 gfp_t gfp); 7466 7467 /** 7468 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7469 * 7470 * @dev: network device 7471 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7472 * @gfp: allocation flags 7473 * 7474 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7475 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7476 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7477 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7478 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7479 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7480 */ 7481 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7482 gfp_t gfp); 7483 7484 /** 7485 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7486 * 7487 * @dev: network device 7488 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7489 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7490 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7491 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7492 * @gfp: allocation flags 7493 * 7494 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7495 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7496 */ 7497 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7498 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7499 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7500 7501 /** 7502 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7503 * @wdev: wireless device 7504 * @cookie: the request cookie 7505 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7506 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7507 * channel 7508 * @gfp: allocation flags 7509 */ 7510 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7511 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7512 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7513 7514 /** 7515 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7516 * @wdev: wireless device 7517 * @cookie: the request cookie 7518 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7519 * @gfp: allocation flags 7520 */ 7521 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7522 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7523 gfp_t gfp); 7524 7525 /** 7526 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7527 * @wdev: wireless device 7528 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7529 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7530 * @gfp: allocation flags 7531 */ 7532 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7533 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7534 7535 /** 7536 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7537 * 7538 * @sinfo: the station information 7539 * @gfp: allocation flags 7540 */ 7541 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7542 7543 /** 7544 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7545 * @sinfo: the station information 7546 * 7547 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7548 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7549 * the stack.) 7550 */ 7551 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7552 { 7553 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7554 } 7555 7556 /** 7557 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7558 * 7559 * @dev: the netdev 7560 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7561 * @sinfo: the station information 7562 * @gfp: allocation flags 7563 */ 7564 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7565 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7566 7567 /** 7568 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7569 * @dev: the netdev 7570 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7571 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7572 * @gfp: allocation flags 7573 */ 7574 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7575 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7576 7577 /** 7578 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7579 * 7580 * @dev: the netdev 7581 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7582 * @gfp: allocation flags 7583 */ 7584 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7585 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7586 { 7587 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7588 } 7589 7590 /** 7591 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7592 * 7593 * @dev: the netdev 7594 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7595 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7596 * @gfp: allocation flags 7597 * 7598 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7599 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7600 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7601 * 7602 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7603 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7604 */ 7605 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7606 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7607 gfp_t gfp); 7608 7609 /** 7610 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7611 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7612 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7613 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7614 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7615 * @len: length of the frame data 7616 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7617 * 7618 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7619 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7620 * 7621 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7622 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7623 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7624 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7625 */ 7626 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7627 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7628 7629 /** 7630 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7631 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7632 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7633 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7634 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7635 * @len: length of the frame data 7636 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7637 * 7638 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7639 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7640 * 7641 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7642 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7643 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7644 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7645 */ 7646 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7647 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7648 u32 flags) 7649 { 7650 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7651 flags); 7652 } 7653 7654 /** 7655 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7656 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7657 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7658 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7659 * @len: length of the frame data 7660 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7661 * @gfp: context flags 7662 * 7663 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7664 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7665 * transmission attempt. 7666 */ 7667 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7668 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7669 7670 /** 7671 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7672 * port frames 7673 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7674 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7675 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7676 * @len: length of the frame data 7677 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7678 * @gfp: context flags 7679 * 7680 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7681 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7682 * the transmission attempt. 7683 */ 7684 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7685 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7686 gfp_t gfp); 7687 7688 /** 7689 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7690 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7691 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7692 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7693 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7694 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7695 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7696 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7697 * 7698 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7699 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7700 * control port frames over nl80211. 7701 * 7702 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7703 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7704 * 7705 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7706 */ 7707 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7708 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7709 7710 /** 7711 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7712 * @dev: network device 7713 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7714 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7715 * @gfp: context flags 7716 * 7717 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7718 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7719 */ 7720 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7721 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7722 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7723 7724 /** 7725 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7726 * @dev: network device 7727 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7728 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7729 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7730 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7731 * @gfp: context flags 7732 */ 7733 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7734 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7735 7736 /** 7737 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7738 * @dev: network device 7739 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7740 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7741 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7742 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7743 * @gfp: context flags 7744 * 7745 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7746 * given interval is exceeded. 7747 */ 7748 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7749 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7750 7751 /** 7752 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7753 * @dev: network device 7754 * @gfp: context flags 7755 * 7756 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7757 */ 7758 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7759 7760 /** 7761 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7762 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7763 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7764 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 7765 * @gfp: context flags 7766 * 7767 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7768 */ 7769 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7770 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7771 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 7772 7773 static inline void 7774 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7775 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7776 gfp_t gfp) 7777 { 7778 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 7779 } 7780 7781 static inline void 7782 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7783 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7784 gfp_t gfp) 7785 { 7786 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 7787 } 7788 7789 /** 7790 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7791 * @dev: network device 7792 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7793 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7794 * @gfp: context flags 7795 * 7796 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7797 * frame. 7798 */ 7799 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7800 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7801 gfp_t gfp); 7802 7803 /** 7804 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7805 * @netdev: network device 7806 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7807 * @event: type of event 7808 * @gfp: context flags 7809 * 7810 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7811 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7812 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7813 */ 7814 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7815 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7816 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7817 7818 /** 7819 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 7820 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7821 * 7822 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 7823 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 7824 */ 7825 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7826 7827 /** 7828 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7829 * @dev: network device 7830 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7831 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7832 * @gfp: allocation flags 7833 */ 7834 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7835 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7836 7837 /** 7838 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7839 * @dev: network device 7840 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7841 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7842 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7843 * @gfp: allocation flags 7844 */ 7845 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7846 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7847 7848 /** 7849 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7850 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7851 * @addr: the transmitter address 7852 * @gfp: context flags 7853 * 7854 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7855 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7856 * sender. 7857 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7858 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7859 */ 7860 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7861 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7862 7863 /** 7864 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7865 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7866 * @addr: the transmitter address 7867 * @gfp: context flags 7868 * 7869 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7870 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7871 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7872 * station to avoid event flooding. 7873 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7874 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7875 */ 7876 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7877 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7878 7879 /** 7880 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7881 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7882 * @addr: the address of the peer 7883 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7884 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7885 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7886 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7887 * @gfp: allocation flags 7888 */ 7889 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7890 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7891 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7892 7893 /** 7894 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7895 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7896 * @frame: the frame 7897 * @len: length of the frame 7898 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7899 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7900 * 7901 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7902 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7903 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7904 */ 7905 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7906 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7907 7908 /** 7909 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7910 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7911 * @frame: the frame 7912 * @len: length of the frame 7913 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7914 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7915 * 7916 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7917 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7918 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7919 */ 7920 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7921 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7922 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7923 { 7924 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7925 sig_dbm); 7926 } 7927 7928 /** 7929 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7930 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7931 * @chandef: the channel definition 7932 * @iftype: interface type 7933 * 7934 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7935 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7936 */ 7937 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7938 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7939 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7940 7941 /** 7942 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7943 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7944 * @chandef: the channel definition 7945 * @iftype: interface type 7946 * 7947 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7948 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7949 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7950 * more permissive conditions. 7951 * 7952 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 7953 */ 7954 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7955 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7956 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7957 7958 /* 7959 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7960 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7961 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7962 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 7963 * 7964 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7965 * driver context! 7966 */ 7967 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7968 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7969 unsigned int link_id); 7970 7971 /* 7972 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7973 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7974 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7975 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7976 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 7977 * 7978 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7979 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7980 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7981 */ 7982 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7983 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7984 u8 count, bool quiet); 7985 7986 /** 7987 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7988 * 7989 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7990 * @band: band pointer to fill 7991 * 7992 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7993 */ 7994 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7995 enum nl80211_band *band); 7996 7997 /** 7998 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7999 * 8000 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8001 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8002 * 8003 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8004 */ 8005 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8006 u8 *op_class); 8007 8008 /** 8009 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8010 * 8011 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8012 * 8013 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8014 */ 8015 static inline u32 8016 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8017 { 8018 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8019 } 8020 8021 /* 8022 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8023 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8024 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8025 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8026 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8027 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8028 * @gfp: allocation flags 8029 * 8030 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8031 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8032 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8033 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8034 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8035 */ 8036 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8037 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8038 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8039 8040 /* 8041 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8042 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8043 * 8044 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8045 */ 8046 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8047 8048 /** 8049 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8050 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8051 * 8052 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8053 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8054 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8055 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8056 * is unbound from the driver. 8057 * 8058 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8059 */ 8060 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8061 8062 /** 8063 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8064 * @dev: the netdev to register 8065 * 8066 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8067 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8068 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8069 * instead as well. 8070 * 8071 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8072 */ 8073 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8074 8075 /** 8076 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8077 * @dev: the netdev to register 8078 * 8079 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8080 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8081 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8082 * usable instead as well. 8083 * 8084 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8085 */ 8086 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8087 { 8088 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8089 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8090 #endif 8091 } 8092 8093 /** 8094 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8095 * @ies: FT IEs 8096 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8097 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8098 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8099 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8100 */ 8101 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8102 const u8 *ies; 8103 size_t ies_len; 8104 const u8 *target_ap; 8105 const u8 *ric_ies; 8106 size_t ric_ies_len; 8107 }; 8108 8109 /** 8110 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8111 * @netdev: network device 8112 * @ft_event: IE information 8113 */ 8114 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8115 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8116 8117 /** 8118 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8119 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8120 * @len: the input length 8121 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8122 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8123 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8124 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8125 * 8126 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8127 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8128 * 8129 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8130 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8131 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8132 */ 8133 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8134 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8135 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8136 8137 /** 8138 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8139 * @ies: the IE buffer 8140 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8141 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8142 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8143 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8144 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8145 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8146 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8147 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8148 * 8149 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8150 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8151 * split. 8152 * 8153 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8154 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8155 * 8156 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8157 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8158 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8159 * 8160 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8161 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8162 * of the buffer should be used. 8163 */ 8164 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8165 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8166 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8167 size_t offset); 8168 8169 /** 8170 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8171 * @ies: the IE buffer 8172 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8173 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8174 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8175 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8176 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8177 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8178 * 8179 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8180 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8181 * split. 8182 * 8183 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8184 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8185 * 8186 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8187 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8188 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8189 * 8190 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8191 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8192 * of the buffer should be used. 8193 */ 8194 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8195 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8196 { 8197 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8198 } 8199 8200 /** 8201 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8202 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8203 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8204 * @gfp: allocation flags 8205 * 8206 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8207 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8208 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8209 * else caused the wakeup. 8210 */ 8211 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8212 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8213 gfp_t gfp); 8214 8215 /** 8216 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8217 * 8218 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8219 * @gfp: allocation flags 8220 * 8221 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8222 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8223 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8224 */ 8225 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8226 8227 /** 8228 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8229 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8230 * 8231 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8232 */ 8233 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8234 8235 /** 8236 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8237 * 8238 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8239 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8240 * 8241 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8242 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8243 * the interface combinations. 8244 */ 8245 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8246 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8247 8248 /** 8249 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8250 * 8251 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8252 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8253 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8254 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8255 * 8256 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8257 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8258 * purposes. 8259 */ 8260 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8261 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8262 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8263 void *data), 8264 void *data); 8265 8266 /* 8267 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8268 * 8269 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8270 * @wdev: wireless device 8271 * @gfp: context flags 8272 * 8273 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8274 * disconnected. 8275 * 8276 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8277 */ 8278 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8279 gfp_t gfp); 8280 8281 /** 8282 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8283 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8284 * 8285 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8286 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8287 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8288 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8289 * 8290 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8291 * the driver while the function is running. 8292 */ 8293 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8294 8295 /** 8296 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8297 * 8298 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8299 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8300 * 8301 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8302 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8303 */ 8304 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8305 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8306 { 8307 u8 *ft_byte; 8308 8309 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8310 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8311 } 8312 8313 /** 8314 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8315 * 8316 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8317 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8318 * 8319 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8320 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8321 */ 8322 static inline bool 8323 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8324 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8325 { 8326 u8 ft_byte; 8327 8328 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8329 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8330 } 8331 8332 /** 8333 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8334 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8335 * 8336 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8337 */ 8338 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8339 8340 /** 8341 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8342 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8343 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8344 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8345 * result. 8346 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8347 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8348 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8349 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8350 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8351 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8352 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8353 */ 8354 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8355 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8356 u8 inst_id; 8357 u8 peer_inst_id; 8358 const u8 *addr; 8359 u8 info_len; 8360 const u8 *info; 8361 u64 cookie; 8362 }; 8363 8364 /** 8365 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8366 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8367 * @match: match notification parameters 8368 * @gfp: allocation flags 8369 * 8370 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8371 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8372 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8373 */ 8374 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8375 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8376 8377 /** 8378 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8379 * 8380 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8381 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8382 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8383 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8384 * @gfp: allocation flags 8385 * 8386 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8387 */ 8388 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8389 u8 inst_id, 8390 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8391 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8392 8393 /* ethtool helper */ 8394 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8395 8396 /** 8397 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8398 * @netdev: network device 8399 * @params: External authentication parameters 8400 * @gfp: allocation flags 8401 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8402 */ 8403 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8404 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8405 gfp_t gfp); 8406 8407 /** 8408 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8409 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8410 * @req: the original measurement request 8411 * @result: the result data 8412 * @gfp: allocation flags 8413 */ 8414 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8415 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8416 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8417 gfp_t gfp); 8418 8419 /** 8420 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8421 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8422 * @req: the original measurement request 8423 * @gfp: allocation flags 8424 * 8425 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8426 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8427 */ 8428 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8429 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8430 gfp_t gfp); 8431 8432 /** 8433 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8434 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8435 * @iftype: interface type 8436 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8437 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8438 * 8439 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8440 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8441 * check_swif is '1'. 8442 */ 8443 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8444 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8445 8446 8447 /** 8448 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8449 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8450 * @netdev: network device 8451 * @bss: the bss entry with which association is in progress. 8452 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8453 * 8454 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8455 */ 8456 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8457 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u32 timeout); 8458 8459 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8460 8461 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8462 8463 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8464 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8465 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8466 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8467 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8468 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8469 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8470 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8471 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8472 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8473 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8474 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8475 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8476 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8477 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8478 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8479 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8480 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8481 8482 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8483 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8484 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8485 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8486 8487 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8488 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8489 8490 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8491 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8492 8493 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8494 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8495 #else 8496 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8497 ({ \ 8498 if (0) \ 8499 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8500 0; \ 8501 }) 8502 #endif 8503 8504 /* 8505 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8506 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8507 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8508 */ 8509 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8510 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8511 8512 /** 8513 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8514 * @netdev: network device 8515 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8516 * @gfp: allocation flags 8517 */ 8518 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8519 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8520 gfp_t gfp); 8521 8522 /** 8523 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8524 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8525 */ 8526 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8527 8528 /** 8529 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8530 * @dev: network device 8531 * @gfp: allocation flags 8532 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8533 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8534 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8535 */ 8536 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, 8537 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8538 u64 color_bitmap); 8539 8540 /** 8541 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8542 * @dev: network device 8543 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8544 */ 8545 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8546 u64 color_bitmap) 8547 { 8548 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8549 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8550 0, color_bitmap); 8551 } 8552 8553 /** 8554 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8555 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8556 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8557 * 8558 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8559 */ 8560 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8561 u8 count) 8562 { 8563 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8564 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8565 count, 0); 8566 } 8567 8568 /** 8569 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8570 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8571 * 8572 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8573 */ 8574 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8575 { 8576 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8577 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8578 0, 0); 8579 } 8580 8581 /** 8582 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8583 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8584 * 8585 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8586 */ 8587 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8588 { 8589 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8590 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8591 0, 0); 8592 } 8593 8594 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8595